Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management - Global / Fuller, Smith & Turner

Fuller, Smith & Turner

fsta · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker fsta
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management - Global
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Fuller, Smith & Turner
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
F

u

l

l

e

r

,

S

m

i

t

h

&

T

u

r

n

e

r

P

.

L

.

C

.

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

8

GROWING IN 
THE FULLER’S WAY

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018

DEVELOPING OUR PEOPLE

INVESTING IN OUR ESTATE

ALWAYS EVOLVING

CONSTANTLY SEEKING 
TO INSPIRE, DEVELOP 
AND SUPPORT

THE WYKEHAM ARMS 
IN WINCHESTER

A NEW REBRAND FOR 
LONDON PRIDE

THE SWAN AT HYDE PARK

DARK STAR BREWING

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For us, brewing beer, producing 
cider and running pubs is not 
just our business. It’s our passion. 
We bring everything to it, committing 
all our energy and creativity to make 
our beers, ciders, pubs and hotels 
just that little bit more special than 
the competition.

Our enduring London roots are 
symbolic of the spirit and imagination 
we bring to our business. We never 
stop exploring new ways to make 
things better, more interesting,  
more Fuller’s.

Every year, we look to improve in 
all areas of the customer journey and 
this dedication has seen the business 
develop further.

06
GROWING OUR 
PUBS AND 
HOTELS

10
GROWING OUR  
BRANDS

18
GROWING OUR  
PORTFOLIO

28
GROWING  
OUR PEOPLE

Operational and Financial Highlights

•  Adjusted profit before tax1 up 1% to 
£43.2 million (2017: £42.9 million)

•  Adjusted earnings per share2 up 2%  

to 62.90p (2017: 61.39p)

•  Revenue up 3% to £403.6 million 

(2017: £392.0 million)

•  EBITDA3 up 1% to £70.9 million 

(2017: £70.5 million)

•  Total annual dividend up 4% to 19.55p 

(2017: 18.80p)

•  Another good year for Managed Pubs  

and Hotels with like for like sales6 growth  
of 2.9%, driven by good growth in 
accommodation and drinks

•  Tenanted Inns like for like profits5 up 3%, 

EBITDA per pub up 2% 

•  Total beer and cider volumes down 1%

REVENUE (£m)

ADJUSTED PROFIT 1 (£m)

2014
2015
2016
2017
2018

 £288.0m

 £321.5m

 £350.5m

 £392.0m
 £403.6m

2014
2015
2016
2017
2018

 £34.1m

 £36.4m

 £40.9m

 £42.9m
 £43.2m

EBITDA 3 (£m)

ADJUSTED EARNINGS  
PER SHARE 2 (p)

2014
2015
2016
2017
2018

 £54.5m

 £58.7m

 £65.0m

 £70.5m
 £70.9m

2014
2015
2016
2017
2018

 46.94p

 51.51p

 58.35p

 61.39p
 62.90p

TOTAL ANNUAL DIVIDEND  
PER SHARE (p)

PRO FORMA NET DEBT  
TO EBITDA4 (£m)

2014
2015
2016
2017
2018

 15.10p

 16.60p

 17.90p

 18.80p

 19.55p

2014
2015
2016
2017
2018

 2.5

 2.7

 3.0

 2.9
 2.9

Financial Highlights

Revenue

EBITDA3

Adjusted profit1

Separately disclosed items

Statutory profit before tax

Adjusted earnings per share2

Total annual dividend

2017/18 
52 weeks to 
31 March 
2018

2016/17 
53 weeks to
 1 April 
2017

£403.6m £392.0m

£70.9m

£70.5m

£43.2m

£42.9m

£0.4m

£(3.0)m

£43.6m

£39.9m

62.90p

19.55p

61.39p

18.80p

Change 
53 week 
comparative

Change
 52 week 
comparative

+3%

+1%

+1%

n/a

+9%

+2%

+4%

+5%

+2%

+3%

n/a

n/a

+4%

n/a

1   Adjusted profit is the profit before tax and separately disclosed items.
2  

  Calculated using adjusted profit after tax and the same weighted average number of shares as for the 
basic earnings per share and using a 40p ordinary share.

3   Earnings before separately disclosed items, interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation.
4   Earnings before separately disclosed items, interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, adjusted as 

appropriate for acquisitions and disposals in the period.

5   Operating profit before separately disclosed items.
6   Like for like sales are for the 52 weeks ended 25 March 2017 and exclude The Stable.

1

1

OVERVIEW

Operational and Financial Highlights  

Chairman’s Statement  

At a Glance  

1

2

4

6

STRATEGIC REPORT

Our Strategy and Progress 

Chief Executive’s Review  

Financial Review 

Risk Management 

Principal Risks and Uncertainties  

Corporate Social Responsibility  

34

GOVERNANCE

Board of Directors  

Directors’ Report  

Directors’ Statements  

Corporate Governance Report  

Directors’ Remuneration Report  

62

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Independent Auditor’s Report  

Group Income Statement  

Group and Company Statements  
of Comprehensive Income  

Group and Company Balance Sheets  

 Group and Company Statements  
of Changes in Equity  

8

12

20

24

25

30

34

36

39

40

47

62

67

68

69

70

Group and Company Cash Flow Statements   72

Notes to the Financial Statements  

Additional Information
Directors and Advisors  

Shareholder Information  

Glossary  

Five Years’ Progress  

73

121

122

123

124

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

A BALANCED BUSINESS  
LED BY A FIRST-CLASS TEAM

It has been a year of projects 
at Fuller’s – all aimed at ensuring your 
Company remains fit for the future

Michael Turner
Chairman

Governance Highlights
•   Full compliance with the applicable UK 

Corporate Governance Code

•  Strong support from all shareholders for  
the resolutions presented at our AGM 

•  Continued focus on succession planning  

at all levels

READ MORE: 34

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.3

49%Increase in EPS over last five years
43%Increase in the dividend over the last five years

It has been another tough year in the beer 
industry, but The Fuller’s Beer Company has solid 
plans in place, evidenced in February 2018 by the 
acquisition of Dark Star Brewing – a wonderful 
brewer in Sussex with an established cask ale 
portfolio that will further broaden our consumer 
appeal. We have a first-rate brewing team, a new 
pilot brewery about to come on stream and 
excellent marketing – especially through digital 
and social media campaigns – to promote these 
beers to an ever wider range of consumers.

Dividend
The Board is pleased to announce a final dividend 
of 12.00p (2017: 11.55p) per 40p ‘A’ and ‘C’ 
ordinary share and 1.20p (2017: 1.155p) per 4p ‘B’ 
ordinary share. This will be paid on 26 July 2018 to 
shareholders on the share register as at 22 June 
2018. The total dividend of 19.55p per 40p ‘A’ and 
‘C’ ordinary share and 1.955p per 4p ‘B’ ordinary 
share represents a 4% increase on last year and  
will be covered more than 3.2 times by adjusted 
earnings per share.

Michael Turner
Chairman

7 June 2018

It is very pleasing to be reporting another year of 
growth for the Company. We grew total revenue 
by 5% to £403.6 million and our adjusted profit 
has increased by 3% to £43.2 million. It has been  
a year of projects at Fuller’s – all aimed at ensuring 
your Company remains fit for the future. 

Our adjusted earnings per share (EPS), a measure 
our shareholders watch with interest, has risen 
again, by 4% to 62.90p. Our total annual dividend 
has also risen by 4% to 19.55p, continuing seven 
decades of unbroken growth. Over the last five 
years these measures have risen by 49% and 43% 
respectively – delivering excellent returns for our 
many long-term shareholders.

This year’s success has once again been driven by  
a strong performance in our Managed Pubs and 
Hotels, where like for like sales have risen by 2.9%. 
Our like for like accommodation sales have led  
the way, increasing by 5.2 % during the year. It is 
exciting to see this division start the new financial 
year with the acquisition of 10 great sites. These 
comprise four bars from We Are Bar Group, which 
have great potential, and Bel & The Dragon, made 
up of six well-appointed sites serving fine food and 
with boutique accommodation. All 10 will fit 
perfectly into our existing premium pub estate.

The Tenanted Inns division has had a good year, 
with a strong rise in profits and good progress  
on its strategic initiatives. More investment,  
an excellent team of Business Development 
Managers, additional take up of our new turnover 
agreement and good use of the learnings from our 
Managed Pubs are adding real value to our Tenants 
and we are seeing that come through in financial 
benefits for both parties.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS4

AT A GLANCE

Our three business segments are a great 
balance to each other and while we generate 
more profit from our pubs, the Brewery 
defines who we are and what we do.

Starting at our Chiswick heart, our business 
now has many elements that work together 
in harmony – from Managed Pubs and 
Tenanted Inns through The Stable and  
Nectar to The Fuller’s Beer Company and 
our latest addition to the Fuller’s Family, 
Dark Star Brewing.

TOTAL BEER AND CIDER BARRELS BY CHANNEL

  Fuller’s Tenanted Inns 10% 
  Fuller’s Managed Pubs and Hotels 24% 
  Free On Trade 39%  
  Off Trade 13% 
  Exports 13% 
  Other 1% 

MANAGED AND TENANTED HOUSES

  Fuller’s Tenanted Inns 

within M25  49

  Fuller’s Managed Pubs and Hotels 

within M25 121
Fuller’s Tenanted Inns 
outside M25 131 
Fuller’s Managed Pubs and Hotels 
outside M25 78 

GROUP OPERATING PROFIT BY DIVISION (£m)

  Fuller’s Tenanted Inns 12.9
  Fuller’s Managed Pubs and Hotels 33.4
  Fuller’s Beer Company 6.8 

EUROPE

48.0%

(21,604 barrels)

OUR EXPORTS

NORTH AMERICA

17.0%

(7,425 barrels)

LATIN AMERICA

8.0%(3,659 barrels)

MIDDLE EAST & AFRICA

4.0%(1,700 barrels)

ASIA PACIFIC 
(INC. RUSSIA) 

22.0%

(9,887 barrels)

AUSTRALASIA 

1.0%(532 barrels)

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. 
 
 
 
5

TENANTED INNS 

180Tenanted Inns at the end of the year

It’s been a good year for  
our Tenanted Inns with 
13 pubs on our turnover 
agreement and a 3% rise 
in like for like profits

MANAGED PUBS AND HOTELS

199 

Managed Pubs and Hotels at the year end

All three areas of our 
Managed Pubs business  
– drinks, food and 
accommodation –  
saw like for like sales  
growth during the year

FULLER’S BEER COMPANY

207,907

barrels of own beer and cider sold during 
the year

The Fuller’s Beer Company 
ended the year with the 
acquisition of Dark Star 
Brewing – a fantastic  
craft, cask brewer with  
a great reputation for  
hop-forward beers

42%Our online booking system enables 

pre-order and pre-payment for our 
customers and has resulted in a 42% 
rise in online bookings

14,300

Dark Star produces 14,300 barrels  
of beer each year at its brewery in 
Partridge Green, West Sussex

Home-grown talent
At the year end, we had 71 chef apprentices 
starting their careers with Fuller’s. All are 
doing a full day per week at college and 
Chris Moat of The Old Customs House 
in Portsmouth was named Chef Apprentice 
of the Year.

23The Stable launched its Cidermaster 

programme and now has 23 Cidermasters 
across its 17 sites

781

We currently have 781 Beautiful Bedrooms 
across our estate with plans for another 100

2,850

The number of product lines held in the 
Nectar Warehouse

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS6

GROWING IN THE FULLER’S WAY: PUBS AND HOTELS

HEAD CHEF TRAINING PROGRAMME

Motivating our Head Chefs
We have excellent in-kitchen chef training, which 
focuses on skills such as cooking, presentation and  
team work. This gives our chefs the ability to have  
a creative approach to their menu and to develop  
their own kitchen teams with classical skills to give  
our customers consistently great dishes.

90Pupils currently  

in the Chef’s Guild 

GROWING OUR 
PUBS AND HOTELS

 Our Managed Pubs and Hotels always have a pub,  
in the truest sense of the word, at their heart  
and this is reflected in our sales mix, which  
comprised 63% wet trade, 30% food  
and 7% accommodation.

GOING BEYOND

An experience that goes 
beyond just food and drink
We have a dedicated team of Service Coaches 
who focus on providing impeccable customer 
service in our pubs and training their colleagues 
to do the same. The Service Coaches lead by 
example and work closely with the training team 
to ensure the appropriate coaching and training 
solutions are implemented, ensuring engaging 
service within Fuller’s Inns.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.7

INVESTING IN OUR PUBS

We are proud of all our pubs – we understand 
their importance in communities, friendships and 
tradition. We’ll continue to invest in them and 
ensure that they remain a hub for our customers. 
In the last financial year, part of this investment 
went in to some big refurbishments of pubs such 
as The Barrowboy & Banker at London Bridge 
and The Swan at Hyde Park.

When in the Balcony Bar  
in The Swan at Hyde Park, 
you feel as if you’re sat right  
in the park itself

4,360

Watched Shakespeare in the Garden  
at a Fuller’s pub last year

BEAUTIFUL BEDROOMS BY FULLER’S

Beautiful Bedrooms by Fuller’s
Last financial year we launched the marketing campaign  
for our hotels and rooms #BeautifulBedrooms, where we 
showcased our wide and varied selection of stunning rooms. 
From countryside inns to boutique accommodation in Central 
London, each of our rooms holds its own individual charm.

5.2%Growth in accommodation

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS8

OUR STRATEGY AND PROGRESS

1 A DISTINCTIVE CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE

To deliver a distinctive customer experience across the whole Fuller’s estate 

Investing in:
•  Broadening the appeal of our 
pubs and brands to new and 
existing customers

•  Sourcing and producing 

the right range of authentic 
products to make our 
pubs distinctive

•  Digital communications to 
provide a single view of our 
customers to share relevant, 
targeted marketing
•  Exceptional levels of 
customer service
•  Creating memorable 

experiences 

Progress in FY 2018
•  Like for like sales growth and a rise 

Priorities for FY 2019
•  Use information from FnB 

in Net Promoter Score 

•  Named Managed Pub Company of 
the Year at The Publican Awards
•  Well-targeted email campaigns 
generating significant returns
•  Implemented recipe, food stock 
and reporting package (FnB)

•  Good progress on strategic review 
for Tenanted Inns with 13 Tenants 
on the new turnover agreement

•  Disposed of 12 pubs that 

no longer matched our vision 
for Tenanted Inns

Manager to keep menus fresh, 
relevant and agile

•  Work with our design teams to 
keep pub schemes interesting 
and contemporary

•  Continued investment in training 

and development 

•  Integrate newly acquired pubs 
and pipeline sites, investing 
where necessary

•  Continued investment 
in our Tenanted Inns

•  Open up Destination Chiswick 

and make it London’s best visitor 
experience for beer, brewing 
and pubs

Market influence
•  Customers need an experience 

that cannot be replicated at home

•  Need to ensure relevance 

in product range and design 
for the younger generation
•  Emerging consumer trends, 
for example lighter, healthier 
food options

2 TARGETED ACQUISITIONS

To grow by carefully targeted acquisitions and developments that enhance our premium business 

Investing in: 
•  Building our presence in the 

South of England

•  High footfall transport hubs and 
sites close to good transport links

•  Acquiring in areas where our 
estate is underrepresented

•  Sites with potential to 
develop bedrooms

•  Acquisitions that enhance 

our existing business

•  Transformational investments 
that attract new customers

Progress in FY 2018
•  Seven transformational 
refurbishments in our  
Managed estate

•  Invested in 11 Tenanted sites 
to reposition the business

•  Acquired The Manor, Christchurch
•  Three sites in the pipeline – The 

Signal Box in Euston Station, The 
Parcel Office in Liverpool Street 
Station and The Windjammer at 
Royal Dock, near City Airport

Priorities for FY 2019
•  To seek further acquisitions that 
enhance our estate and increase 
our customer base

•  To continue to integrate our 

new businesses – Dark Star and 
post year-end pub acquisitions

Market influence
•  Availability of high quality sites  

and opportunities

STAYING CONNECTED

Improvements in  
our digital footprint
We’ve seen excellent growth in  
our social media channels during  
the year – across our brands, 
Fuller’s Kitchen and our main 
Fuller’s account. A day in the  
life of one of our pastry chefs got 
48,000 views and our London 
Pride Christmas jumper activity 
reached over 950,000 people.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.9

3 INVESTING AND IMPROVING PROCESSES

To build a leaner cost base by investing and improving processes to increase efficiency 

Investing in:
•  New core IT systems 
•  New processes
•  New equipment
•  Digital communications to 

improve the customer journey

Progress in FY 2018
•  Good progress on our new 

core IT (enterprise resource 
planning) system

•  Launched communications and 
e-learning app to connect all 
5,000 team members

•  New automation on the cask 
racking and bottling lines
•  New online booking system 
launched – increased online 
bookings by 42%

Priorities for FY 2019
•  Migrate to new ERP system
•  Improved e-learning for 

team members

•  Pilot brewery goes live
•  Start to review warehousing  
and logistics across all sites

•  Build on new recipe, margin and 
stock system for Fuller’s Inns

Market influence
•  Increased customer use  
of digital technology 

•  Introduction of General Data 

Protection Regulation 

4 GROW REPUTATION

To grow the reputation, distribution and sales of our premium brands 

Progress in FY 2018
•  New livery for London Pride – 

Priorities for FY 2019
•  Continue to grow sales of  

Market influence
•  Continued focus on  

rolled out across 800 customers 
in one day

London Pride

authenticity and provenance

•  Continue to innovate with flavour 

•  Growth of craft beer 

•  London Pride regained position  

and styles

Investing in: 
•  New, interesting and delicious 
beers and ciders at Fuller’s, 
Cornish Orchards and Dark Star

•  A wine range with authenticity 

and provenance

•  Making the most of the 
Nectar opportunity
•  Broadening our sales 

distribution

as No 1 cask ale in London

•  Frontier sales grew 6%
•  Sold 1.1 million pints at festivals 
and events during the year 
•  Volumes at Cornish Orchards 

rose by 34%

•  Build on the Dark Star acquisition
•  Widen access of Fuller’s brands  

via Nectar

•  Widen Nectar’s customer base
•  Continue to work with other  

craft brewers

•  Continue to build Cornish 
Orchards distribution 
•  Capitalise on changes to  

•  High quality marketing 

•  Collaborated with six craft 

with a growing emphasis on 
digital activity

brewers to launch Fuller’s & 
Friends, exclusively at Waitrose

•  Good sales growth at Nectar

sales structure

market continues – helped by 
favourable tax regime

•  Consumers are wanting increased 
choice and are prepared to pay  
a premium

5 INVESTING IN OUR PEOPLE

Supporting all the above by recruiting, developing and investing in the best people

Investing in:
•  Training and development 

programmes for all areas of  
the business

•  Genuine career paths from  

top to bottom

•  A robust succession plan
•  Recruiting, recognising and 
rewarding the best people

Progress in FY 2018
•  Helped with process and payment 

Priorities for FY 2019
•  Recruit a similar number  

for permanent residency of 
eligible employees

of chef apprentices
•  Identify and work with  

•  Launched Fuse communications 
and e-learning app – 74% of team 
members signed up and over 
7,000 pieces of content posted

•  Our graduates won The Times 

Graduate Challenge

•  Recruited 71 chef apprentices

underrepresented labour sources 
e.g. homeless, third age

•  Recruit the right people to join 

our team

•  Work to build our reputation  
as the Employer of Choice

Market influence
•  Impact of Brexit on labour  
market pool within the  
hospitality industry

•  Availability of labour with 

appropriate skills

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS10

GROWING IN THE FULLER’S WAY: BRANDS

1.1mThe number of pints of beer or cider  

sold at festivals or events

IMPROVING BRAND AWARENESS

Cider partner of music  
and surf festival
Cornish Orchards was the main sponsor of 2017’s 
Boardmasters Festival and the exclusive cider partner for the 
event. With two main bars and a separate sampling bar, there 
was a selection of refreshing ciders available during the day 
and warming Wassail mulled cider served at night. 

GROWING OUR 
BRANDS

Keeping consumers interested and excited  
about our brands is key to ensuring their  
success and longevity. We pride ourselves on  
being relevant, modern and forward thinking  
while staying true to our heritage.

Nectar
The addition of a cold store at Nectar has further 
enhanced its portfolio, with the inclusion of cask 
ale as part of its range for the first time ever.

3,000

The number of casks and kegs the Nectar 
warehouse can hold

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. 
11

KEEPER’S MEADOW LAUNCH

Cornish Orchards
In the summer, Cornish Orchards launched 
Keeper’s Meadow, a fruity, floral cider akin to  
a sparkling wine – named after a small orchard 
at the Cornish Orchards site in Duloe. Keeper’s 
Meadow was well received as the perfect 
accompaniment to a summer’s day.

+34%

Increase in volume at Cornish Orchards

F FOR FLAVOUR

#FforFlavour
Frontier’s social media pages encouraged people 
to find flavour by offering a free pint of our 
award-winning craft lager. All consumers had  
to do was photograph the letter F found in day  
to day life and upload the picture with the 
hashtag #FforFlavour.

A FRESH TAKE ON GREAT TRADITION 

To ensure relevance for the future of London 
Pride, we gave our most popular beer a modern 
rebrand through a new pump clip, glassware and 
other assets. This helped London Pride reclaim  
the position as London’s number one cask ale.

As a popular brand that shares 
the name with the city it’s 
brewed in, we’re proud to 
sponsor one of London’s most 
iconic sporting events – the 
London Marathon. We’re 
delighted that this partnership 
has recently been renewed  
for a further 10 years

800Pump clips changed in a single day

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS12

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW 

A CLEAR, SHARED VISION 
AND A COMMITMENT TO THE 
CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE

It is our people who make Fuller’s 
what it is today. We have a great  
team here at all levels, with  
a strong culture and values

Simon Emeny
Chief Executive

+3%Adjusted profit1 growth

MANAGED LIKE FOR LIKE SALES (%)

+2.9%

2014
2015
2016
2017
2018

 +8.3%

 +6.3%

 +4.8%

 +3.7%

 +2.9%

TENANTED LIKE FOR LIKE PROFITS (%)

+3%

2014
2015
2016
-1%
2018

2017

+5%

+2%

 +2%

+3%

1  Profit before tax and separately disclosed items,  

based on a 52 week vs 52 week basis.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.13

DELIVERING OUR VISION

Focused on creating 
memorable experiences
In the past year, we saw a rise in our  
Net Promoter Score (an external 
customer survey measure) for the fifth 
year running. This is based on feedback 
from over 35,000 customers. 

The year has seen another good performance with 
a solid set of results, particularly from Fuller’s Inns. 
It has been a year of building for the future – with 
a number of internal projects coming to fruition.  
In February we were delighted to acquire Dark 
Star Brewing, a craft cask brewer in Sussex, and 
since the year end we have purchased an additional 
10 excellent sites. 

Our Managed Pubs and Hotels have again 
delivered like for like sales that are above the 
industry average and our Tenanted Inns are  
making real progress with a 3% increase in profits. 
Although we have seen a marginal drop in total 
beer and cider volumes, it has been a year of 
progress for The Fuller’s Beer Company, which  
has a clear strategy to return to growth and 
exciting, achievable plans in place.

As ever, it is our people who make Fuller’s what  
it is today. We have a great team here at all levels, 
with a strong culture and values. During the year, 
we have invested in a new digital learning and 
communications platform – Fuse. This app-based 
initiative allows us to connect all 5,000 team 
members together, share best practice, develop 
our online learning, and communicate quickly and 
simply. In the first five months, over 7,000 pieces 
of content have been posted and as a by-product 
of Fuse, we have moved payslips online – the 
equivalent of saving 21.5 trees each year. 

During the year, we have had to absorb a number 
of cost pressures including a huge rise in business 
rates, the second year of the National Living 
Wage, the Apprenticeship Levy and imported 
inflation due to a weaker pound. Despite this,  
we have continued to grow profits and the impact 
has been mitigated to a margin dilution of 10 basis 
points. This was due to the efforts of the whole 
team across Fuller’s and I thank them for their 
contribution to these results. 

Fuller’s Inns

Managed Pubs and Hotels

Invested in existing Inns estate

£19.0m
£7.1mInvested in new site developments  

and acquisitions

Operating profit

£33.4m
2.9%Managed like for like sales growth

Fuller’s Inns continues to contribute the  
majority of our revenue and profit and this  
year our Managed Pubs and Hotels contributed 
£271.2 million in revenue and £33.4 million in 
operating profit, with Tenanted Inns contributing 
£30.2 million in revenue and £12.9 million in 
operating profit.

With like for like sales rising by 2.9% during the 
year, our Managed Pubs and Hotels have once 
again outperformed the market. Accommodation 
led the way with a rise in like for like sales of 
5.2%, while the comparable metric for drinks 
rose 3.3% and food rose 1.5%. Our Managed 
Pubs and Hotels always have a pub, in the truest 
sense of the word, at their heart and this is 
reflected in our sales mix, which comprises 63% 
wet trade, 30% food and 7% accommodation.

Improving the Customer Journey
Our unparalleled focus on outstanding service is the 
key differentiator between us and our competitors 
and in the current economic climate, we believe 
that the best way to continue to grow is to offer an 
experience that cannot be replicated in a competitor 
venue or at home. We do that with an unfaltering 
commitment to well-invested pubs in stunning 
locations, interesting menu dishes freshly cooked 
by skilled chefs, a variety of exciting premium 
drinks and service from engaged and enthusiastic 
team members. All of this is supported by a 
passion for delivering memorable experiences – 

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS14

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW continued

OUR ANNUAL AWARD

The Griffin Trophy
The 2017 winner was The Old Customs 
House in Portsmouth. The pub, run by 
Marc Duvauchelle, won the top prize for 
its commitment to building the pub’s 
reputation with exceptional standards 
throughout all areas of the business. 

and one that keeps the customer returning – 
reflected in a rise in our Net Promoter Score (an 
external customer survey measure) for the fifth 
consecutive year on the back of feedback from 
over 35,000 customers.

During the year, we completed work on some key 
digital projects. One is our new online booking 
portal, which has led to a 42% rise in auto confirmed 
online bookings. It also facilitates pre-ordering and 
pre-payment and enabled us to invest in a centralised 
booking team that also takes overspill calls from the 
pubs, improving customer response times.

Two other digital initiatives went live during the 
year. The first was a software programme that 
allows people with a food allergy to quickly filter 
the online menu and find suitable dishes. The 
second was FnB Manager, a food stock and 
reporting system that gives our head chefs a 
framework to evolve menu content, monitor the 
performance of dishes and foods, reduce waste 
and follow consumer trends – providing the tools 
and agility to keep the menu fresh and relevant. 

Keeping our Food Offer Fresh
Food continues to be a key driver for our customers 
with sales of £76.3 million during the year. Food 
quality and provenance are paramount at Fuller’s 
and one of the core strands to our food offer  
is the quality of the suppliers we work with.  
We always prefer a long-term relationship with  
a supplier who has a similar culture and ethos to us.

For instance, our meat supplier, Owton’s, is a 
sixth-generation family business that purchases 
whole carcasses and invests in a well-trained 

workforce of skilled butchers to deliver the 
specific cuts we require for our dishes. Our chefs 
visit our suppliers and farmers as part of their 
training and this commitment to a symbiotic 
relationship ensures our standards remain high 
and our kitchen teams engaged with the food 
they deliver.  

Putting Our People First
As part of our commitment to continually 
developing our team, we launched a new 
in-kitchen training programme for our head chefs. 
By focusing on skills in a variety of areas including 
cooking, presentation and team work, the course 
helps chefs to develop their own kitchen teams in 
the art of classical kitchen skills and promotes the 
head chef’s role as coach and mentor. 

Against the competitive backdrop for talent, we 
are committed to recruiting the very best people 
and delivering the best training throughout our 
business. With Brexit on the horizon, this included 
supporting our EU and EEA team members 
through the bureaucratic process of permanent 
residency and covering costs for eligible team 
members with over one year’s service.

We are also looking to the home market and  
were delighted to take on 71 chef apprentices. 
Each of these spends at least one day each week 
in college and we have already had one of these 
apprentices in the final of our Chef of the  
Year competition after just nine months in the 
kitchen. We will be recruiting a similar number 
next year and look forward to seeing this group 
progress their careers.

PATRICK’S JOURNEY

General Manager 
Cornish Orchards

Where it all began
I joined Cornish Orchards in September 
2014 from Marks & Spencer. A few  
months after joining I was brought into  
the management team to be responsible  
for a number of functions.

Where I am now
In August 2017, I was promoted to General 
Manager, responsible for the day to  
day running of Cornish Orchards. Sales 
have increased four-fold, we have a new 
warehouse and equipment, all brands 
have undergone a rebrand and the number 
of countries we export to has increased 
from six to 30.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.15

Since the year end, we have acquired 10 new sites 
– four bars in the City of London from We Are 
Bar Group and six beautiful country pubs from 
Bel & The Dragon. The four City bars include 
three Jamies sites – Fleet Place, Creechurch 
Street and London Bridge – and The Saint in 
Paternoster Square. We will be investing heavily 
in these sites and the total investment – both 
acquisition and redevelopment costs – for all  
four bars will be around £5.3 million.

The Bel & The Dragon sites comprise six pubs in 
affluent home counties locations in Cookham, 
Windsor, Reading, Kingsclere, Odiham and 
Churt, acquired for £18.5 million. They are 
well-managed, established, stunning pubs with 
delicious, fresh food, an interesting and premium 
drinks portfolio and 57 boutique bedrooms. With 
five freeholds, they are a perfect fit with our 
existing estate, have an engaged, well-trained 
team and will continue to run under the Bel & 
The Dragon name.  

The Stable
The Stable has shown good progress in the very 
challenging casual dining market. The senior 
team is working well and delivering results and it 
has been focusing on its credentials as a cathedral 
to cider and gourmet pizza with the roll out of  
its Cidermasters programme, which improves 
product knowledge and builds on the team’s 
passion for cider. Gabe Cook from TV’s Sunday 
Brunch has been recruited as The Stable’s official 
Cider Ambassador. 

The team has also launched The Stable Cider 
Awards, engaging with its cider suppliers, and 
rolled out an app that allows customers to order 
at the table, thereby increasing spend per head 
and speeding up the payment process.

Innovative Consumer Marketing
Although we only made one acquisition during 
the year – The Manor near Christchurch – it 
came with a further 10 bedrooms. This year saw 
the first dedicated marketing campaign aimed  
at promoting our accommodation – Beautiful 
Bedrooms by Fuller’s. At the year end, we had 724 
bedrooms. We acquired another 57 with Bel & 
The Dragon and have identified opportunities for 
around a further 100 across the estate. We would 
like to encourage more customers to book direct 
through our website and a Book Direct campaign, 
which ran on digital platforms, brought in 
£30,000 of revenue in one day.

Many other successful marketing initiatives  
were also run during the year, including the 
second year of My Dad’s Pub on Father’s Day. 
The number of entries rose from 300 in 2016  
to 2,000 and it was highly commended in the 
Webbys digital awards. Shakespeare in the Garden 
also included a secondary tour with a smaller 
cast, suitable for pubs with smaller gardens. 
Nearly 4,500 people came to see the show  
last summer. 

The Fuller’s Kitchen digital marketing  
campaign has also gained traction and further 
improvements in our online CRM activity have 
led to successful digital campaigns targeted at 
frequent visitors and lapsed customers. Through 
our eCRM activity, we can better identify and 
target valuable customers who are more likely  
to visit on receipt of a targeted email.

Investing in our Properties
During the year, we invested £16.0 million in  
our Managed Pubs and Hotels. This includes 
several large schemes in our pubs to broaden  
our customer appeal including The Barrowboy & 
Banker on London Bridge, The Wykeham Arms 
in Winchester, The Swan overlooking Hyde Park 
in Bayswater, The Red Lion in Barnes, The Swan 
in Staines, The Victoria in London W2, and The 
Great Northern Railway Tavern in Hornsey.  
We also have a development pipeline of three 
new sites that will open during 2019 – they are 
The Parcel Office at Liverpool Street Station, 
The Signal Box in Euston Station and The 
Windjammer on the River Thames at Royal  
Dock by London City Airport. 

We believe that the best way 
to continue to grow is to offer 
an experience that cannot be 
replicated in a competitor 
venue or at home

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS16

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW continued

Tenanted Inns

Operating profit

£12.9m
+3%Tenanted like for like profits

It has been a good year for our Tenanted Inns with 
like for like profits rising by 3% and the average 
EBITDA per pub rising by 2%. Total revenue 
reflects the impact of the sale of 12 pubs that no 
longer represented our tenanted vision, however 
the division still made a profit contribution of  
£12.9 million. At the year end, we had 13 Tenants 
on our new turnover agreement and an additional 
five have come on board since the year end.

During the year, 11 major schemes were completed 
in our Tenanted Inns and we now have a long-term 
plan of capital expenditure. We have increased the 
amount of capex in our Tenanted Inns by 43% this 
year and supported the Tenants’ own investment 
through access to kitchen design and equipment in 
line with our managed houses. We transferred two 
pubs during the period into the Managed Pubs and 
Hotels division, The Mayfly near Stockbridge and 
The Windmill in Southwark, with one going the 
other way – The Jolly Farmer in Worplesdon. 

Leveraging our Expertise
In tandem with the turnover agreement, we have 
helped our Tenants improve their menus and wine 
lists and are rolling out the Fuse communications 
platform to our Tenants too so they can easily 
access templates, tips and creative ideas.

During the year, we dedicated a member of the 
food team to working with Tenants on delivering 
value from our Managed Pubs’ food suppliers, 
providing access to kitchen training programmes 
and improving food safety and compliance. This 
move has been very successful with 27 Tenants 
already buying at consistently better prices  
and, with an average saving of 10% on their  
food cost base, we expect to see more Tenants 
follow this route. 

Recruiting the Right People
Our focus on recruiting entrepreneurial Tenants 
led to an overhaul of our recruitment website  
and brochure, and a look at new and different 
opportunities to entice small business owners  
to consider the merits of a pub. We continue to 
reduce the number of tenancies-at-will and this  
is currently running at just six. In addition, the 
number of pubs on substantive agreements has 
risen to 95% – up from 85% two years ago.

Winning Relationships
We have worked hard to continually improve  
our service, differentiate ourselves from the 
competition and work in genuine partnership 
with our Tenants. Following the recent disposals, 
our Business Development Managers (“BDM”)  
are now focused on fewer pubs and the issues 
that really matter such as drinks range, margin 
management and marketing the pub. In the 
recent survey by publiKAM, an independent 
survey asking tenants about the support from 
their BDM, we saw a rise in our average scores 
and we outperform the market in all but one  
area (where we equal the industry score).

Inspiring stories always help to recruit new 
aspirational business people and we were 
delighted when Craig Johnston, the sous chef  
at The Royal Oak in Paley Street, the only 
Fuller’s pub with a Michelin Star, won this year’s 
MasterChef: The Professionals. In what can only 
be seen as testament to the fantastic training he 
received at the pub, he was promptly poached by 
the competition’s judge, Marcus Wareing.

The Fuller’s Beer Company

£6.8mOperating profit
-1%Total beer and cider volumes

It is an exciting time to be a fan of great beer with 
the continued explosion of the micro-brewery 
market and increased innovation from brewers 
both on a national and global level. While this  
is great for consumers, space on the bar is at  
a premium and our total beer and cider volumes 
were level. Revenue rose 5% driven largely by  
a strong performance from Nectar Imports,  
our boutique wholesaler.

The acquisitions of Cornish Orchards, Nectar 
Imports and Dark Star add further depth to  
our Beer Company and are part of our ongoing  
four pillar strategy to grow our position in this 
vibrant marketplace.

Brewing Efficiencies
A number of investments have been made  
in the Brewery during the year, including  
the installation of two new robots to further 
automate the cask racking line and a new 
palletiser and accumulation spiralators to the 
bottling line, considerably increasing its capacity 
and speed. 

The main improvements to the efficiency of the 
Beer Company will come when our new ERP 
(enterprise resource planning) IT system goes live 
later this year. Improvements will come in stock 

CREATING THE RIGHT ATMOSPHERE

Tea for two at The Wykeham Arms
A famous Winchester pub, that became part of the 
Fuller’s Managed Estate with the Gales acquisition,  
has the recent addition of a tea room. The Saint George 
Tea Room offers a wide selection of teas from local 
business, Char of Winchester. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.17

control, traceability and distribution. In the short 
to medium term we will also be taking a holistic 
approach to our warehousing and logistics and 
how we optimise our various sites – particularly 
Chiswick, Horndean and Nectar in Wiltshire.

Stronger Customer Relationships
The acquisition of Nectar has given us access  
to a wider customer base although we have been 
meticulous in ensuring we do not compromise 
the customer’s choice in order to promote our 
own beer. It also allows us to offer Fuller’s Inns  
a more dynamic and contemporary range of 
beers from one wholesaler, which reduces cost 
and complexity. The addition of a cold store at 
Nectar has further enhanced its portfolio with 
the inclusion of cask ale as part of its range for 
the first time.

The year has been a good one for Cornish 
Orchards with volumes rising 34% due both to 
increased rate of sale and new listings in both on 
and off trade accounts, including Mitchells & 
Butlers. We have also ensured that we can deliver 
points of difference to our customers – such  
as the Fuller’s & Friends collaboration with six 
craft brewers to create a box set of six fantastic, 
unique beers exclusive to Waitrose and, again  
for Waitrose, London Pride Unfiltered in cans.

Heightened Consumer Engagement
The year has seen a number of outstanding digital 
marketing campaigns undertaken by The Fuller’s 
Beer Company, as well as a freshening of the 
London Pride livery – which improved its “stand 
out” on the bar and led to us retaking the position 
of top selling cask ale in London. 

We are proud to have celebrated our 12th year  
as the Official Beer of the London Marathon  
and our social campaign, #RunWithPride, which 
ran pre, during and post the event has had over 
one million impressions and delivered a 4:1  
return on our investment. I am pleased to 
announce we have renewed our sponsorship  
for a further 10 years.

Frontier Lager has also had a busy year with 
Frontier Find Flavour sessions activated in Fuller’s 
Inns managed and tenanted pubs, as well as a 
number of national account and free trade 
outlets. The brand also continued to deliver in  
the important events space, including a presence 
at Carfest and the BBC Proms. In total, over  
1.1 million pints of beer and cider have been 
served at events and brand partnerships  
during the year. 

A Rejuvenated Portfolio
Today’s consumer demands more choice and 
bigger, bolder flavours. We have addressed  
this using our own beer and cider portfolios,  
a strong seasonal calendar, collaboration brews, 
our agency portfolio and, most recently, the 
acquisition of Dark Star for a consideration  
of £6.3 million. Dark Star, an excellent brewer  
of hop-forward beers, will unlock further 
opportunities on the bar.

Meanwhile, Cornish Orchards has rebranded  
its suite of ciders to reinforce its values of  
natural products from fresh, pressed apples and 
introduced Cornish Dry to the market, which  
is already gaining fans and generating sales.

Alongside this activity, we are opening up our 
brewery at Chiswick to a whole new tranche of 
drinkers. Our new pilot brewery – which will 
allow our brewers to experiment and create many 
more limited-edition brews – will be up and 
running in June and forms part of a project called 
Destination Chiswick. This initiative will heighten 
our visitor experience and encourage events at 
the Griffin Brewery – the first of which will be 
the inaugural London Brewers’ Alliance beer 
festival later this month. We intend to capitalise 
on over 170 years of heritage and reinforce our 
position as the original London brewer.

Current Trading and Prospects
For the first nine weeks, like for like sales in our 
Managed Pubs and Hotels are up by 2.5%, like for 
like profits in our Tenanted Inns are up 2% and 
total beer and cider volumes in The Fuller’s Beer 
Company are down by 3% against an exceptionally 
strong start last year. In addition, we have acquired 
10 new sites.

We have spent much of the last financial year 
working internally, building systems and 
developing initiatives that underpin the business 
and create a framework for further growth in the 
future. The four sites we have acquired from We 
Are Bar Group are good, well-located additions to 
our City business and the six Bel & The Dragon 
sites are a perfect fit with our existing quality 
estate. They offer delicious, fresh food, an 
interesting and premium drinks portfolio and 57 
bedrooms – all areas where we have expertise.

While we are still in a time of national and global 
uncertainty – and we do not underestimate the 
related wider market and economic issues that  
we will have to navigate over the months ahead 
– we believe we are in a strong position. We have  
an excellent team of motivated people both at 
management level and throughout the business, 
we have pubs that are well-invested and in strong, 
iconic locations, and we have a bold and proud 
portfolio of beer and cider brands. These assets are 
backed by a robust financial position and that puts 
us in a good place to continue to deliver for our 
shareholders, our customers and our employees. 

Simon Emeny
Chief Executive

7 June 2018

Growing Tenanted Inns
Last year, we created an Executive 
Chef position for Tenanted Inns for  
the first time. We have also introduced 
Managed Inns suppliers to some of  
our Tenants. These initiatives have 
helped Tenants maintain quality  
and consistency on their menus.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS18

GROWING IN THE FULLER’S WAY: PORTFOLIO

13Collaboration beers 

throughout the year

INVESTING IN OUR BREWERY

Improving efficiency
Two new members of the Operations Team at the 
brewery are robots Brendan and Richard. Named 
after two former Fuller’s team members, Brendan 
Bray and Richard Keith, with a combined service 
of 82 years. The Brendan robot stacks and 
de-stacks while the Richard robot removes  
and replaces locator boards. 

GROWING  
OUR PORTFOLIO

To stay relevant in an ever-evolving market,  
we must ensure that our portfolio, of both  
brands and pubs, continues to excite  
and captivate our customers.

COLLABORATIONS

Fuller’s & Friends
We released a six pack of bottled beers – each 
beer a different style, brewed in Chiswick, but 
each a collaboration with a different UK brewery.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.19

INVESTING IN OUR ESTATE

Strengthening our  
property portfolio
We recently added four sites to our portfolio of 
Managed Inns. These bars are all in the heart of 
the City and are a great fit with our existing sites 
and strategy. We also acquired Bel & The Dragon 
with six pubs located in the home counties. These 
are stunning pubs with fresh food, a premium 
drinks portfolio and 57 boutique bedrooms.

JOINING FORCES

£23.8m

 Acquisition and investment in our 10 new pubs 

Dark Star joins  
forces with Fuller’s
In February, we acquired the West Sussex based 
brewer, Dark Star. Like Fuller’s, Dark Star has 
cask ale at its heart and it brews some great  
beers – many of which were already available in 
our pubs. The investment is a good geographical 
fit and there is potential to grow, so it’s the 
perfect partner for us. We share a similar  
ethos and a commitment to brewing delicious, 
top quality beers and Fuller’s can provide  
support – both financial and operational  
– to help Dark Star grow.

The partnership with Fuller’s, 
another independent brewery 
with fantastic heritage and 
great beer at its very core, will 
allow us to take Dark Star to 
the next level

5%Growth in revenue at The Fuller’s Beer Company

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS20

FINANCIAL REVIEW 

A STRONG BALANCE SHEET  
BACKED BY A PREDOMINANTLY 
FREEHOLD ESTATE

The Group has a strong financial  
position as a cash generative business 
with a high quality mainly freehold 
asset base and a ratio of net debt 
to EBITDA of 2.9 times

James Douglas
Finance Director

Financial Highlights

+1%Adjusted profit1 increased by 1%  

(3% on a 52 vs 52 week basis)

+1%EBITDA2 increased by 1% (2% on a 52 vs 52 

week basis) reflecting our continued 
investment in our estate

£201.9m

Period end net debt reduced to £201.9 million 
and the pro forma net debt to pro forma 
EBITDA ratio was 2.9 times

1  Profit before tax and separately disclosed items.
2  Earnings before separately disclosed items, 
interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation.

3  Before separately disclosed items.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.21

Financial Position and Performance
The results reported within the financial 
statements are for the 52 weeks ended 
31 March 2018, compared to the 53 weeks 
ended 1 April 2017. All commentary is for  
the statutory periods, except for like for like 
information. A summary of the impact of the 
53rd week in the prior period is detailed in the 
accompanying table with the additional 53rd 
week contributing £8.0 million of revenue and 
£0.8 million of adjusted profit1.

The Group has a strong financial position as  
a cash-generative business with a high quality, 
mainly freehold asset base (over 88% by value) 
and a ratio of net debt to pro forma EBITDA2  
of 2.9 times (2017: 2.9 times).

We have grown revenue by 3% on the prior year, 
largely driven by good like for like trading within 
the Managed estate along with strong growth 
from Nectar. Our operating profits before 
separately disclosed items fell by 1% to £49.2 
million (2017: £49.5 million). The £1.2 million fall 
in operating profit in The Fuller’s Beer Company 
was partially offset by growth of £1.0 million in 
the Managed Pubs and Hotels division. EBITDA2 
increased by 1% to £70.9 million (2017: £70.5 
million) reflecting our continued investment 
in our estate and leading to a depreciation and 
amortisation charge increase of 3% on the 
prior period.

Finance Costs
Net finance costs before separately disclosed 
items have decreased by £0.6 million to £6.0 
million with half the decrease coming from  
lower cash loan costs and half from non-cash 
notional interest charges. With the average cash 
borrowings being broadly similar in both periods, 
the fall in costs was due to the average cost of 
gross borrowing decreasing to 2.8% (2017: 
3.0%). We increased our £20 million short-term 
facility, which carries a bank margin 0.65% lower 
than that of the revolving credit facility, to £30 
million during the year.

The net interest expense on our defined benefit 
pension scheme is shown within separately 
disclosed items as the charge is driven by market 
conditions at an arbitrary point in time and is not 
associated with our underlying trading. 

Separately Disclosed Items
The net gain on separately disclosed items of 
£0.4 million comprises, principally, £6.1 million  
of profits on the disposal of properties and  
a £1.2 million reversal of deemed remuneration 
on the future purchase of shares in The Stable, 
offset by £3.4 million of ERP replacement costs, 
£1.9 million of net impairment costs primarily in 
the Managed Pubs and Hotels division, and a net 
charge on our pension deficit of £1.0 million.

Tax
A full analysis of the tax charge for the year  
is set out in note 7 to the financial statements.  
Tax has been provided for at an effective rate 
of 20.4% (2017: 21.2%) on adjusted profits. 
The overall effective tax rate of 20.2% is due  
to the net gain on separately disclosed items 
being taxed at an effective tax rate of 0%.

During the year the significant tax revenues the 
Group generates for the Government grew by 
5.8%. During the 52 weeks ended 31 March 
2018, the total tax contribution of the Group  
to the UK Exchequer was £141.8 million (2017: 
£134.0 million) in taxes borne and taxes collected 
on behalf of colleagues, customers and suppliers.

Pensions
The defined benefit pension scheme deficit 
has decreased by £5.4 million to £32.5 million 
(2017: £37.9 million). The present value of 
pension obligations decreased from £149.3 
million to £142.0 million, driven by the RPI 
inflation assumption decreasing from 3.30% to 
3.20%, and a £3.7 million fall due to the updating 
of the mortality assumptions. This was partly 
offset by a decrease in the fair value of scheme 
assets of £1.9 million from £111.4 million to 
£109.5 million. Deficit recovery payments of 
£2.0 million were made during the financial year.

Revenue

Managed Pubs and Hotels

Tenanted Inns

The Fuller’s Beer Company

52 weeks 
2017/18
£m

271.2

30.2

152.9

53 weeks 
2016/17
£m

261.3

31.2

147.9

52 weeks 
2016/17
£m

255.9

30.6

144.9

Less intercompany sales

(50.7)

(48.4)

(47.4)

Group revenue

403.6

392.0

384.0

53 weeks 
YoY
Var

52 weeks 
YoY
Var 

4%

(3)%

4%

5%

3%

6%

(1)%

6%

7%

5%

Adjusted Profit

Managed Pubs and Hotels

Tenanted Inns

The Fuller’s Beer Company

Central costs

Operating profit3

Finance costs

Adjusted profit1

52 weeks 
2017/18
£m

53 weeks 
2016/17
£m

52 weeks 
2016/17
£m

53 weeks 
YoY
Var

52 weeks 
YoY
Var 

33.4

12.9

6.8

(3.9)

49.2

(6.0)

43.2

32.4

13.2

8.0

(4.1)

49.5

(6.6)

42.9

31.8

13.0

7.8

(4.0)

48.6

(6.5)

42.1

3%

(2)%

5%

(1)%

(15)%

(13)%

(5)%

(1)%

(9)%

1%

(3)%

1%

(8)%

3%

TOTAL TAX CONTRIBUTION (£m)

  Excise duty £40.3m
  VAT £48.5m
  PAYE and Employees’ NI £21.2m
  Corporation Tax £9.0m 
  Business Rates £11.8m
  Employer’s NI £8.9m 
  Other taxes & Apprenticeship Levy  £2.1m

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
22

FINANCIAL REVIEW continued

Shareholders’ Return
Adjusted earnings per share were 2% higher than 
last year at 62.90p (2017: 61.39p). The proposed 
final dividend of 12.00p per 40p ‘A’ ordinary 
share, together with the interim dividend of 
7.55p per share already paid, makes a total of 
19.55p and compares with a total dividend of 
18.80p last year. The total dividend per share has 
grown by 4% and will be covered 3.22 times by 
adjusted earnings per share, compared with 3.27 
times in the previous year. Shareholders’ equity 
at 31 March 2018 was £334.9 million.

During the period 536,827 ‘A’ ordinary 40p 
shares were purchased into treasury for a total 
of £5.3 million (2017: 341,415 ‘A’ ordinary  
40p shares for £3.5 million). In addition, 
214,645 ‘B’ ordinary 4p shares were purchased 
for £0.2 million by or on behalf of the Trustees  
of the Long Term Incentive Plan to cover future 
issuance (2017: 105,764 ‘B’ ordinary 4p shares 
for £0.1 million). The average price paid was 
993.4p per ‘A’ ordinary 40p share. The 
middle-market quotation of the Company’s 
ordinary shares at the end of the financial year 
was 958p. The highest price during the year  
was 1,096p, while the lowest was 896p. The 
Company’s market capitalisation at 31 March 
2018 was £527.1 million (2017: £551.3 million).

Cash Flow and Net Debt
The Group generated cash available for 
discretionary spend of £51.0 million (2017:  
£59.6 million) with the decrease largely due to  
a £4.4 million net working capital cash outflow  
in the year compared to a £3.7 million net 
working capital cash inflow last year. In line  
with our long-term investment strategy, we 
invested £41.6 million in capital expenditure 
(2017: £55.8 million).

We spent £28.2 million on continued investment 
in our existing business through pub refurbishment, 
new pub openings, investment in equipment 
at the Chiswick Brewery (including cask line 
automation, a new bottling line, and vehicles), 
increasing warehouse capacity at Cornish 
Orchards and Nectar, and investment in a 
new ERP system.

Cash flow

EBITDA

Interest

Tax

Other

Cash available for discretionary spend

Capital expenditure

Acquisitions

Acquisition costs paid and other separately disclosed items

Property disposals

Dividends and share transactions

Cash flow

Non-cash movement*

Net debt movement

*  Prior period includes acquired debt on acquisition of G&M Leisure Limited. 

2018
£m

70.9

(5.7)

(9.0)

(5.2)

51.0

(27.6)

(10.6)

(4.0)

10.8

2017
 £m

70.5

(5.9)

(9.2)

4.2

59.6

(35.0)

(20.8)

(2.4)

4.4

(15.2)

(13.2)

4.4

(0.2)

4.2

(7.4)

(0.2)

(7.6)

We have also spent £4.3 million on the 
acquisition of two pubs that fit with our strategic 
goals – The Manor in Christchurch and Hercules 
Tavern in Lambeth – as well as acquiring the 
freehold to The Bishop on the Bridge in 
Winchester for £2.8 million. Furthermore, we 
purchased The Dark Star Brewing Company 
Limited for £6.3 million. Asset disposals from the 
sale of properties within the tenanted portfolio 
raised £10.1 million and generated a separately 
disclosed profit of £5.6 million, which we used 
to further invest in our estate as part of our 
property portfolio management.

Overall net debt has decreased by £4.2 million  
to £201.9 million largely due to the £10.7 million 
of net proceeds from the sale of properties  
within the Tenanted portfolio. Our pro form 
a net debt to EBITDA ratio has remained at  
2.9 times, despite the decrease in overall net 
debt and our EBITDA2 growth in the period.  
Our committed facilities, along with our very 
healthy balance sheet position, give us the 
flexibility to invest strategically in the future 
should opportunities arise.

Sources of Finance
The Group has £210.0 million of available 
long-term facilities, £126.7 million of which is 
available until August 2021, £33.3 million of 
which is available until August 2020 and £50 
million of which is available until August 2019. 
An additional £30.0 million facility is available 
until August 2018. Our undrawn committed 
facilities at 31 March 2018 were £53.5 million, 
with a further £11.7 million of cash held on 
the Balance Sheet.

£90 million of our borrowings at 31 March 2018 
were hedged; £60 million is swapped at a blended 
interest rate of 1.89% (excluding bank margin), 
£20 million is subject to a cap of 2.1% and 
£10 million is subject to a cap of 1.73%. 
The interest rate swap agreements in place will 
allow us to continue to hedge a portion of our 
bank debt at a fixed interest rate until 2022.

The Group’s financing is a mix of bank debt, 
debentures, cumulative preference shares, 
overdraft, cash and short-term deposits as disclosed 
in notes 22, 24 and 26. Other financial assets and 
liabilities such as trade receivables and payables arise 
through the Group’s operating activities. The Group 
does not trade in financial instruments. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.23

Sources of finance

Bank debt

Other debt

Cash

Total net debt

Available committed facilities

% net borrowings fixed/hedged

Net debt/EBITDA

2018 
£m

185.9

27.7

2017
 £m

193.7

27.7

(11.7)

(15.3)

201.9

206.1

53.5

58%

2.9x

35.5

57%

2.9x

Financial Risks and Treasury policies
The Group operates a centralised treasury 
function, which controls cash management 
and borrowings and the Group’s financial risks. 
The objectives of the function are to manage the 
Group’s financial risk, to secure cost effective 
funding for the Group’s operations, and to 
minimise the adverse effects of fluctuations in 
the financial markets on the value of the Group’s 
financial assets and liabilities, on reported 
profitability, and on the cash flows of the Group. 
The Group Treasury team monitors the overall 
level of financial gearing weekly, with our short 
and medium-term forecasts showing underlying 
levels of gearing which remain within our targets.

Transactions of a speculative nature are 
prohibited. The Group’s treasury activities are 
governed by policies approved and monitored 
by the Board. The Group Treasury team 
consists of the Finance Director and the 
Group Financial Controller.

Going Concern Statement
In adopting the going concern basis for  
preparing the financial statements, the Board  
has considered the business activities as set  
out within the Strategic Report along with the 
principal risks and uncertainties as detailed on 
pages 25 to 27. Based on current financial 
projections and having considered the facilities 
available, the Board is confident that the 
Group and Company have adequate resources 
to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. For this reason, the Board 
considers it appropriate for the Group to 
adopt the going concern basis in preparing 
its financial statements.

Viability Statement
The Directors have assessed the viability of the 
Group over the four-year period to March 2022, 
taking into consideration the Group’s current 
position and the potential impact of the principal 
risks documented on pages 25 to 27 in the 
Strategic Report. Based on this assessment,  
the Board have a reasonable expectation that  
the Group will be able to continue in operation 
and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the 
period to March 2022.

Four years has been considered an appropriate 
period for assessment as it is the time horizon 
over which the Board analyses and reviews 
detailed strategic plans and is considered a good 
balance between providing a medium-term 
horizon, whilst not becoming speculative.

The assessment has taken account of the 
available debt facilities, analysed the key risks to 
the business, and considered the effectiveness of 
internal controls and review processes. The Board 
have performed scenario modelling based on a 
worst case economic outlook, being a recession 
deeper than that triggered by the 2008/9 
financial crisis.

Key factors considered include:

•  the Group’s asset backed balance sheet and 

strong financial position;

•  the strength of the Group’s credit and 

availability of finance;

•  the ability to preserve significant cash flows by 
a reduction in discretionary investments; and

•  the long-term strategy and outlook of 

the Group.

James Douglas
Finance Director

7 June 2018

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS24

RISK MANAGEMENT
RISK MANAGEMENT

ALIGNING RISK WITH  
CORPORATE STRATEGY

Risk Management Overview
In the course of its normal business, the Group continually assesses and takes action to mitigate the various risks encountered that could 
impact the achievement of its objectives. As detailed in the Corporate Governance Report, there are systems and processes in place to enable 
the Board to monitor and control the Group’s management of risk. The Audit Committee regularly reviews the effectiveness of this process 
and seeks to ensure that management’s response is adapted appropriately to the changing environment.

RISK GOVERNANCE AND INTERNAL CONTROL

Effective 
monitoring

Ongoing  
dialogue

1
MANAGEMENT  
CONTROL OVER CORE 
OPERATIONS

Continuous  
review

2

R

3

A

U

I

S

K A

D

I
T C

O

ND AUD I T   O V E
MMITTEE A N D   B O A

R

W

S I G HT
D   R E VIE

R

Developing  
risk mitigation 
strategies

External Risks
There are a number of external risks over which the Board has no direct control, which are discussed at Board and Audit Committee meetings  
to ensure that the business can respond effectively to changes in the external environment. 

•  A decline in the UK economy would reduce consumer disposable income and could see a reduction in revenues across the industry,  

or a polarisation between cost leaders and premium operators. 

•  The implications of Brexit are uncertain and will continue to be for the foreseeable future while exit terms are negotiated.  

The business model is dependent on being able to source skilled labour, much of which comes from the EU.

•  The threat of terrorism in the UK has an impact on the way in which we operate and the safety of our customers and employees  

is of paramount importance. A prolonged terrorist campaign could ultimately reduce consumer spending habits.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. 
   
   
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

25

The following sets out what the Board considers to be the principal risks which affect the Group at present, although it is not intended to be a comprehensive 
analysis of all the risks that the business may face. In addition, the key financial risks to the Group are detailed in note 26C to the financial statements.

Risk Trend

Risk increasing

Risk unchanged

Risk decreasing

REGULATORY AND COMPLIANCE RISKS

Description

Impact

Risk Mitigation and Monitoring

Change

Legislative Changes
Fuller’s operates in a highly regulated sector 
where government legislation impacts much 
of the way we do business and therefore the 
business model. 

Any significant changes in policy 
could lead to a sudden change or the 
long-term decline of the business.

•  We carefully monitor legislative developments  
and review sales trends and consumer habits to  
gauge their impact on our business. 

•  We participate in industry initiatives aimed at the 
responsible promotion and retailing of alcohol. 

The annual stepped increases to the National 
Living Wage (“NLW”) presents a challenge 
to the way in which staff costs are controlled.

Similar changes in future could 
reduce profitability, specifically 
in our Managed houses.

•  We have taken steps to mitigate the impact of  
the NLW legislation through review of our staff 
hours and pricing strategies and we are in a unique 
competitive position as we already pay many of our 
employees above the NLW. We are also closely 
monitoring the potential wider wage inflation impact.

Legislative changes to the sale of alcohol, 
such as minimum unit pricing, could reduce 
consumer spending habits.

The impact of such legislation 
is minimal. Our products are 
premium and already command 
a higher price point.

•  We have diversified our offering to include soft 

drinks, coffee, food and accommodation to reduce 
our reliance on alcohol-based revenue. 

The Neighbourhood Planning Act came into 
effect in 2017 and applied limitations to the 
way in which pubs can be developed.

The restrictions imposed by the 
Act could have an adverse effect 
on any pubs marketed for disposal. 

•  We continue to maintain ongoing dialogue with 

Government and industry bodies and our Directors 
are members of key industry lobbying committees. 

The General Data Protection Regulation 
(“GDPR”) came into effect on 25 May 2018.

GDPR will impact every part of 
the business that uses personal 
data and has the potential to 
impose significant fines if a 
breach of privacy occurs.

•  We have carried out a detailed data gathering 

exercise to identify key risk exposures.

•  We have appointed a data protection officer  

to monitor compliance.

Health and Safety
The health and safety of the Group’s 
employees and customers is a key concern  
to us. We are required to comply with health 
and safety legislation, including fire safety, 
food hygiene and allergens.

Operating a large number of 
houses and sites increases the 
complexity of ensuring the highest 
health and safety standards are 
adhered to.

•  A Health and Safety Committee oversees the 

operation of the Group’s health and safety policies 
and procedures, and regularly updates its policies and 
training programme to ensure all risks are identified 
and properly assessed and that relevant regulation 
is adhered to. 

•  We report and investigate all accidents and near 
misses and have appointed dedicated safety 
champions throughout the business.

•  In our Managed Pubs and Hotels, we have automatic 
fire suppression systems in our kitchens to reduce 
fire risk.

•  All staff receive food hygiene and allergen awareness 
training as standard and regular kitchen audits/checks 
ensure they comply with the standards expected of 
them. Quality assurance checks on our core suppliers 
ensure hygiene standards have been adhered to 
before produce reaches our kitchens.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS26

RISK MANAGEMENT continued

Risk Trend

Risk increasing

Risk unchanged

Risk decreasing

OPERATIONAL RISKS

Description

Impact

Risk Mitigation and Monitoring

Change

Business Continuity  
and Crisis management
The Group’s headquarters and main  
brewing facility are based at the  
Griffin Brewery site in Chiswick. 

Our Managed houses represent a key 
revenue stream.

A disaster at our Chiswick site 
would seriously disrupt operations.

•  We continually monitor fire safety and invest in 
capital projects to reduce the risk of failure.

•  We store recipes and yeast off-site and have informal 
arrangements in place to use alternative facilities in 
the event of a major incident.

The impact of a major disaster 
affecting a number of pubs 
over a period of time could 
be significant.

•  We have well-documented disaster recovery plans 
which are rehearsed regularly throughout the 
business to ensure that normalisation can occur  
as swiftly as possible after a serious incident and  
that any damage is contained.

Information Technology
The Group is increasingly reliant on  
its information systems to operate. 

Trading would be affected by any 
significant or prolonged failure 
of these systems.

Over the last year, the Group has invested 
heavily in upgrading its core IT systems 
and will go live under the new system 
at the end of 2018. 

The data held by the Group is a key business 
asset and personal data protection is key.

The success of this upgrade is 
critical to the ongoing profitability 
of the business. A significant 
failure could materially impact 
finance, distribution, resource 
planning and wider operations.

Any significant loss of data 
could lead to a considerable 
interruption for the business  
and reputational damage,  
as well as fines under GDPR.

Recruitment and Staff Retention
The Group has a business model built upon 
recruiting and keeping the best people to 
support its strategy.

There is a risk that if a number of 
key employees were to leave at 
the same time it may risk the 
delivery of the Group’s strategy.

•  To minimise this risk the IT function has a range  
of facilities and controls in place to ensure that  
in the event of an issue normal operation would  
be restored quickly.

•  These include a formal IT Recovery Plan, online 
replication of systems and data to a third-party 
recovery facility, and external support for 
hardware and software.

•  The project has a Risk Management Committee that 
meets regularly to ensure issues are flagged early 
on and that mitigating controls are implemented. 
•  Experienced staff and management consultants 

are engaged on the project. 

•  The IT systems in place follow appropriate data 
protection guidelines to ensure the risk of both 
personal and Company data loss is minimal.

•  The Group performs detailed succession planning 
to ensure that key roles are considered to ensure 
appropriate cover is available.

•  The Group Remuneration Policy is set up to ensure 
the key members of our staff are appropriately 
remunerated to reduce the likelihood they are 
attracted to other competitor businesses.

There is a risk that recruitment will become 
increasingly competitive and that staffing 
shortages within the hospitality industry 
could drive wage inflation, especially if 
restrictions to free movement of EU 
nationals are imposed as a result of Brexit.

If we cannot recruit the best 
people, we risk falling levels 
of quality which could impact 
our reputation.

•  We have established a strategy which will ensure  
we continue to attract and retain highly trained, 
quality staff in all of our divisions and have  
invested in internal development as part of  
our Chefs Guild Scholarship programme. 

If we become reliant on agency 
staff, profit margins are reduced.

•  We have taken steps to ensure that we will be 

prepared for the impact of a potential reduction in 
qualified hospitality workers in the wake of Brexit 
and that we will remain the employer of choice.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.Risk Trend

27

Risk increasing

Risk unchanged

Risk decreasing

ECONOMIC AND MARKET RISKS

Description

Impact

Risk Mitigation and Monitoring

Cost Inflation
Market uncertainty and increasing demand 
leads to cost pressures in several areas, most 
significantly food and drink production, 
utilities and staff costs.

The weaker pound sterling gives 
risk to increasing food costs, 
particularly from the Eurozone and 
reduces profitability of both the 
Beer Company and Inns divisions.

As demand for trained chefs 
increases and the pool of chefs 
from the EU decreases, this could 
lead to staff costs increasing or 
quality declining.

Principally, there is a risk that 
the Group’s beer could become 
contaminated at source or  
outlet, which could damage  
the reputation of the brand  
and deter customers.

Brands and Reputation
Fuller’s has a wide portfolio of brands and 
has established an excellent reputation 
in the market. 

Loss of Company Values or a  
Failure to Adhere to Them
Fuller’s is a company based on a strong  
set of values which are key to its success 
and future.

Consumer Demand Shifts
The Group’s success is attributable to 
its ability to anticipate and react to 
consumer demand.

The way in which the Group 
responds to market changes is 
critical to its ongoing strategy 
and has a direct impact on all 
operational activity.

•  The Group has a robust hedging policy to mitigate 

the currency risk.

•  Key suppliers undergo a rigorous procurement 
process to ensure that we get the best deal.

•  We seek to maintain good relations with suppliers.
•  Monthly reviews of Key Performance Indicators 

(“KPIs”) indicate areas where costs could  
rise significantly. 

•  Effective payroll scheduling reduces the number 

of hours worked, to offset increasing wages 
without sacrificing quality.

•  The Group reduces product contamination risks to 
an acceptable level by ensuring that the business is 
operated to the highest standards by maintaining 
long-term relationships with suppliers and by 
significant investment in security, quality 
control and cleaning. 

•  The Group has in place product recall procedures, 

which are regularly rehearsed, together with 
insurance coverage in the event of contamination. 
•  The Group runs an active and continuous training 

programme covering all aspects of the pub 
operations and provides its pubs with on-site 
technical support.

•  This culture also promotes a long term and 

collaborative approach that does not lead to 
excessive risk taking and the reward system 
encourages appropriate behaviour.

•  The share structure of the Company and family 
shareholder representation on the Board and 
involvement in the Company’s management ensure 
the values are maintained and followed. 

•  Disruptive and short term third parties cannot easily 

gain significant holdings and influence.

•  Management monitor and research consumer 

trends and run trials of new technologies, brands 
and products. 

•  We gather consumer feedback through Net 

Promoter Score surveys, customer complaints 
and online and social media reviews. 

•  We analyse retail pricing and market share data 
to ensure we are competitive but still premium.
•  The Executive Committee approves all significant 

new product development and acquisition decisions 
and therefore controls key changes to the Group.

Should these be undermined or 
not adhered to, the Company’s 
unique position and long-term 
future would be jeopardised.

•  The Company has a unique culture due to its share 

structure and history which ensures that 
management are encouraged to take business 
decisions for the long-term benefit of the Company.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS28

GROWING IN THE FULLER’S WAY: OUR PEOPLE
GROWING IN THE FULLER’S WAY: OUR PEOPLE

Against the competitive 
backdrop for talent, we are 
committed to recruiting the 
very best people and delivering 
the best training throughout 
our business

THE FULLER’S WAY

A strong culture and values
Our consistent vision and strategy are 
underpinned by the way we do things.  
At Fuller’s, our values are:

•  Doing things the right way
•  Being part of the family
•  Celebrating individuality
•  Always looking beyond

GROWING  
OUR PEOPLE

Our structured career paths 
and commitment to recruiting, developing 
and retaining great people help us to 
ensure that we have the best team  
in the industry to continually grow.

5,000

Team members connected by Fuse

FUSE

Fuse – connecting 
us all together
The launch of Fuse brings learning to life in  
an immediate way. Take a new beer launch for 
example: our Head Brewer, Georgina Young,  
can video her tasting notes and share them with  
all 5,000 team members before the first pint 
has even been sold.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.29

74%Of our senior team were internal promotions

Bureaucracy busting
Since the 2016 referendum, we have  
helped team members with over 12 months’ 
service with the paperwork and fees to gain 
permanent UK residency.

Promoting from within
When you find great people, you want 
them to grow with you – that’s why  
at Fuller’s we are very proud that so 
many of our new appointments are 
internal promotions – like Jane Jones, 
our Director of Marketing.

DEVELOPING OUR PEOPLE

DAVID’S STORY

Where it all began 
I joined Fuller’s on a temporary contract in 
October 2013 as an Operations Manager for the 
Quality Division. After six months I was offered  
a permanent contract and went on to oversee 
some large refurbishments in the New Forest 
and South West areas.

Where I am now 
In June 2016 I was promoted to Operations 
Director of The Stable. As The Stable has grown, 
we have created new roles and opportunities with 
lots of these filled by internal people. We have 
also worked on many projects in this time, such as 
implementing an online booking system, creating 
our very own cider, Rapscallion, and offering 
cider tasting experiences in our restaurants. I’m 
also very proud that we have chosen Dorset Mind 
to be our charity partner and we have formed  
a Green Team, who look at improving our 
Corporate Social Responsibility strategy.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS30

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY 

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY 
IS A KEY PART OF OUR CULTURE

With over 170 years of heritage, we are a company 
steeped in tradition – but that does not mean that 
we are stuck in the past. We are always looking 
forward, to see how we can improve our social 
responsibility strategy, through innovation and 
creative thinking. 

In this report we are going to outline what 
steps we have taken in the past year in four 
key areas:

•  Charity and community support
•   Responsible retailing and supplier 

engagement

•  People
•  The environment

£16,000

The total value of brewery tours given as raffle  
prizes this year

£156,620

The amount of money that we have raised  
for Shooting Star Chase during the year

Charity and Community Support
We have two charity partners who we raise funds 
for on a day to day basis in our pubs – Shooting 
Star Chase and Seafarers UK.

families. This is a relationship that goes back  
for over a decade. We support Seafarers UK by 
donating £5 per barrel of Seafarers Ale sold and 
this year we donated £29,010 to the charity. 

Shooting Star Chase is a charity that helps 
improve the lives of children with life-limiting 
illnesses and their families. For every children’s 
meal we sell in a Fuller’s managed pub, 50p is 
donated to the charity. Plus, for every tasting 
board sold in one of our 16 Ale & Pie pubs,  
£1 is donated.

In December, for the second year running, we 
brewed Wise Men – a charity beer for Prostate 
Cancer UK. Fuller’s donated 50p for every pint 
sold of Wise Men in its Managed Pubs and £10 
for every firkin sold to our Tenants and free 
trade customers, the total raised was just 
over £11,000.

During the financial year we have raised 
£156,620 for Shooting Star Chase through these 
initiatives plus many other activities organised by 
pub teams and brewery staff. This included the 
second Fuller’s and Shooting Star Chase Cycle 
Challenge, which saw over 40 people from the 
company cycle from Chiswick to Bath in one  
day – stopping off at four Fuller’s pubs and the 
Fuller’s family estate, Neston Park, along the  
way. The Cycle Challenge alone raised £56,000 
and was so successful that we held it again in May 
2018 – this time ending in Lyndhurst, Hampshire. 
The annual brewery Open Day raised just under 
£9,000 through drinks sales, face painting, 
garden games and other activities. The Red  
Lion, Barnes held its annual Great Sausage  
Roll Off, raising money through ticket sales  
for Shooting Star Chase and 13 colleagues each  
swam 44 miles in 44 hours to raise funds. Pubs 
have held family days, pub quizzes and sold items 
such as Mother’s Day hampers all to raise funds 
for this worthy cause.

We raised the number of Managed Pubs to  
have the Pennies system from 15 to 83 last  
year. Pennies is an electronic charity box – with 
customers being offered the chance to round  
up their bill to the nearest pound when they pay 
using a chip and pin machine, with the amount 
rounded going to charity. Through Pennies, we 
raised an additional amount of just over £50,000 
for Shooting Star Chase in the last financial year.

Seafarers UK, our other charity partner, helps 
people in the maritime community by providing 
vital support to seafarers in need and their 

At the start of 2018, Fuller’s acquired craft 
brewer Dark Star, based in Horsham in Sussex. 
Dark Star has its own foundation which raises 
funds for charities and community projects 
through brewery tour sales, collection tins and  
its annual beer and music event, Hopfest. As  
part of the acquisition, Fuller’s donated £4,000 
to the Dark Star Foundation taking its annual 
contribution to local Sussex community charities 
up to £20,000 for the last financial year.

The total donated, combining corporate donation 
and fundraising at house level, has brought us in 
line with our target of contributing the equivalent 
of 1% of our profit to charitable causes.

Responsible Retailing and Supplier Engagement
We are proud of the proactive relationships we 
have with our suppliers. We are heavily involved in 
ensuring that our suppliers provide us with ethical, 
sustainable items – both food and non-food. For 
example, we insist on seeing the audit reports 
from our meat suppliers, with the Environmental 
Health Officer reports, veterinary reports and 
the traceability of the meat – which includes 
information such as the breed of the animal and 
the date it was killed. We then pay for additional 
tests on some meat products to test for E. coli. 
This work and investment has paid off as we were 
unaffected by the recent incidents regarding 
other meat suppliers.

We also work very closely with our seafood 
partners to continuously audit our fish and 
seafood listings, which we measure against  
the Marine Conservation Society ratings.  

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.31

People
The people in our business set us apart from 
everyone else. We pride ourselves on training  
our teams to ensure we get the best out of them 
and they get the most out of us to further their 
careers. We have continued to invest in our 
learning and development programmes, our 
in-house team continue to look after all face to 
face training and in the last year 7,920 days of 
this training took place. 

We have launched a chef apprenticeship 
programme. Following two pilot programmes,  
we launched this in September last year. We have 
taken on our second cohort of apprentices. The 
programme is open to everyone, including current 
team members, and all ages are welcome. We 
have taken on 50-80 people every six months 
and the apprentices range from 16 year olds to 
those in their 40s and 50s. This is a quality 
programme working with three colleges in 
London, Hampshire and the New Forest. The 
apprenticeship is a Day Release model, meaning 
that the apprentices spend one day in the 
classroom and the other four days a week in the 
kitchen, learning on the job, with training and 
mentoring from our trainers and Executive Chefs. 

One of our partner colleges, The University of 
West London, won the Professional Association 
for Catering Education (“PACE”) Gold Award 
for Apprenticeships for the work they do on our 
apprenticeship programme.

As healthy eating has become more prevalent 
and dietary choices such as veganism, 
vegetarianism and gluten free are more popular 
than ever, our menus have developed with these 
trends. This year saw the biggest spike in the 
number of people partaking in ‘Veganuary’ – 
adopting a vegan/vegetarian lifestyle in the 
month of January – and we embraced this by 
championing vegetarian and vegan dishes in our 
pubs during this month. However, we realise  
this is not just a month-long fad for some and 
therefore extended our selection year-round. 
There is certainly room for improvement on this 
– we are still working on developing the range 
and learning about trends within these diets. 

As well as catering to dietary choices people 
make, we are very aware of those who have 
dietary restrictions that they did not choose. 
Allergen training is ongoing for our back and 
front of house teams, with refresher courses 
taking place regularly and we are developing  
our knowledge as much as we can. Part of this 
training includes always asking a customer if  
they have any allergies when they order food 
– this is a default question in all our Managed  
Pubs. We are in the process of rolling out  
a filtering system on our online menus where  
the customer can look at the online menu  
and filter out what they can’t eat through  
an allergens checklist. 

To help control portion sizes and in turn keep 
calorie content regulated, we have introduced  
a recipe management tool in the kitchens. We 
also make all of our sauces from scratch, rather 
than buying them pre-made, which keeps the  
salt content down. 

FUNDRAISING

Roll out the barrel
Seven members of our Graduate Scheme raised money  
for Shooting Star Chase by rolling a full kilderkin of beer, 
weighing approximately 100kg, from The Tokenhouse in 
London’s Moorgate to The Mawson Arms at the Brewery  
in Chiswick – a 10 mile journey. 

We have committed to remove any species rated 
red – species that are overfished and vulnerable 
– from our kitchens. We are working hard to 
ensure that only sustainable or responsibly 
sourced seafood is served in our pubs. For 
example, the haddock in our popular tea and  
hop smoked haddock is Marine Stewardship 
Council certified and our pub classic, beer 
battered fish and chips, contains cod sourced 
from fisheries around Iceland which are certified 
by Iceland Responsible Fishing Management 
(“IRFM”). Our key seafood supplier, Direct 
Seafood, is a partner of the Global Sustainable 
Seafood Initiative. 

CHARITY

Mind and The Stable
The Stable, our craft cider and gourmet 
pizza restaurant business, chose Dorset 
Mind as its charity partner in March 2017. 
Over the Christmas period, The Stable 
raised £3,000 by donating the money  
it would have spent on Christmas  
crackers and party hats for its large party 
bookings. Fuller’s matched the money 
raised to make a total donation of £6,000 
to Dorset Mind. Each of The Stable’s 17 
locations has paired up with a branch of 
Mind and aims to help make a difference 
to the ongoing mental health campaigns 
and support services. 

We have taken other steps to ensure that our 
meat and animal products are responsibly 
sourced. Our chicken is all Red Tractor certified, 
our eggs are from free range chickens and most 
of the meat we use is sourced from the UK.

Our close relationships with our suppliers are part 
of our holistic approach to food. Part of the training 
programme for our chefs and our chef apprentices 
includes visits to our suppliers – not only to build 
these relationships, but to help our chefs understand 
where our produce comes from and to help our 
suppliers understand Fuller’s and our values. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS32

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY continued

Brexit is looming on the horizon. We have already 
helped 15% of eligible team members secure UK 
citizenship and paid for permanent residency. We 
will continue to do this for any eligible employee 
with over 12 months’ service. However, in light  
of the recruitment issues that Brexit is already 
beginning to cause, we are working with sections 
of the community where we have not previously 
had a strong relationship e.g. ex-offenders and 
the third age.

Conscious of the pressures of modern day life, we 
have been working with the Licensed Trade Charity 
to make sure all our colleagues are aware that they 
have access to the charity’s services. They offer a 
range of services and support relating to issues such 
as health, debt, housing and relationships. We make 
sure we communicate this on all platforms, from the 
back of house noticeboards to Fuse, our online 
internal communication tool.

We are also going to start training our managers 
in mental health awareness to identify people 
with stress and will offer support in ensuring 
people feel supported and can ask for help with 
any issues. 

We offer counselling for any team members who 
have been exposed to trauma – we have some 
trained in-house staff as well as working with 
external counsellors. Last year one of our pubs, 

The Barrowboy & Banker, was unfortunately at 
the centre of the London Bridge terrorist attack. 
The team working at the pub that night went 
above and beyond, looking after customers and 
others who sought refuge in the pub. These team 
members were offered immediate and ongoing 
counselling to help them deal with this 
horrific incident.

As part of our benefits package for staff at the 
brewery, the distribution centre in Hordean in 
Hampshire and at Cornish Orchards we offer 
free health checks and flu jabs, plus a Cycle to 
Work scheme and discounted gym membership 
– to promote and encourage a healthy lifestyle 
for our team members. 55 people attended the 
health check and 65 people received a flu jab  
last year.

The Stable, meanwhile, is working with Dorset  
Mind to create bespoke training to become Mind 
Ambassadors. 10 people from across The Stable 
business are taking on this role. They are a network 
of volunteer, self-elected ambassadors – their main 
priority is to support people who are experiencing 
mental health problems and will be the first point of 
call if anyone needs assistance on how to get help. 
They are also pioneering to improve the mental 
wellbeing throughout the company and spread the 
word about the importance of positive mental 
health in the work place.

ENVIRONMENT

Refill in Fuller’s Inns
During the last financial year, we teamed up with the Refill Campaign – 
started by Bristol based City to Sea in 2015. Refill is a national tap water 
campaign that aims to make refilling water bottles as convenient as possible, 
by introducing Refill stations. Refill stations can be any business and our 
pubs and The Stable’s 17 locations will show on the Refill app, to notify 
passers-by that they can fill their water bottles with tap water for free.  
It’s an incentive to reduce the number of plastic bottles used and 
subsequently thrown away. 

We published our Gender Pay Gap Report, 
which showed that women on Fuller, Smith and 
Turner (FST) contracts – those working in head 
office and pub general managers – had a median 
pay of 0.1% higher than men on FST contracts. 
However, women in Griffin Catering Services 
(“GCS”) – those working in the retail business 
– had a median pay that is 4.2% lower than their 
male colleagues on GCS contracts. Although this 
is a smaller gap than the national average, we are 
continuing to work on closing this gap. To achieve 
this, we are committed to delivering initiatives  
to improve how we attract, engage and develop 
women as well as other underrepresented groups.

We have invested significantly in development 
opportunities for our people. We have launched  
a number of senior executive development 
programmes to prepare internal candidates for 
promotion to senior levels. Women comprised 
65% of attendees, with most having now been 
promoted to new roles. 

The Environment
In the past year, there has been a lot of  
attention focused on single use plastics and  
their detrimental effect on the environment – 
particularly our oceans. We have trialled a few 
alternatives to the black, non-recyclable plastic 
straws that were being used in our pubs. Initially 
we switched to two types of clear straws, which 
are recyclable, we also removed straws from the 
bar top and only offered them upon request  
and in children’s drinks. We then trialled two 
alternatives, plant-based plastic (“PLA”) straws, 
which are compostable, and a new paper straw – 
with the key objectives to review the customer 
experience, feedback and ease of disposal. 

We discovered that the paper straws provided a 
visual statement and there was positive feedback 
from customers when they saw them, engaging  
in conversation with team members. The PLA 
straws, however, had no impact on the customers 
as they look like plastic. PLA decomposes quicker 
than standard plastic, however it needs to be 
disposed of with food waste and still takes some 
time to decompose. The benefit of PLA is that it  
is more sustainable than standard plastic as it is 
made from starch, typically corn. However, paper 
straws are much easier to dispose of than the PLA 
straws as they do not require food waste bins. 

As a result of these trials, taking customer and 
team members’ feedback in to consideration,  
we began rolling out the paper straws in all of  
our Managed Pubs from May 2018. The current 
stock of plastic straws will be used up and pubs 
will no longer be able to order them. This doesn’t 
mean we will settle on this as the alternative – we 
will continue to source and improve the quality  
of paper straws and consider environmentally 
friendly alternatives as they come to market. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.33

DIRECTORS1

  Male 
  Female 

9 (82%)
2 (18%)

SENIOR MANAGERS1

We are still working on sourcing an alternative  
for the plastic drink stirrers that have been  
used in the pubs and hope to roll this out in  
the coming months.

Last year, our first heat recovery system was 
installed in the cellar of The Head of the River  
in Oxford. This system reuses the by-product of 
cellar cooling – hot air – to heat water, which is 
then used in the pub, in its toilets, kitchen and 
bar. This was successful in reducing energy use 
and we have now installed the system in two 
more sites – The Barrowboy & Banker, London 
Bridge and The Victoria, Paddington. 

The Stable has introduced a Green Team – a 
small group of people from across the company, 
working on The Stable’s corporate social 
responsibility strategy. They have joined the 
Plastic Free Pledge – working with suppliers to 
find alternatives to plastic packaging. They are 
working with companies such as Vegware to 
source ‘green’ pizza boxes, coffee cups etc. 

This report has outlined many of the steps  
we’ve taken in improving our corporate social 
responsibility strategy, some of these initiatives 
have started in the past financial year and others 
have been ongoing historically. Either way, we  
are not going to settle on these as the definitive 
answers to social issues – we will strive to learn 
and develop in order to improve the strategies 
that we have in place and implement 
additional initiatives. 

The Government has pledged to reduce our 
plastic waste as a nation in the future, but we are 
already starting work to reduce our own wastage 
– we are aware this is not something that can  
be solved overnight and will take time to change. 
This is not only the responsibility of companies, 
but the responsibility of individuals – a culture 
change is needed and we would like to be one  
of the companies at the head of this. 

There are a few other measures we have recently 
taken to help reduce our carbon footprint,  
these include:

Simon Emeny
Chief Executive

•  working with the Light Corporation to roll  
out LED lights in all of our managed estate, 
which use 10% of the energy the traditional 
tungsten lights previously used

•  working with our line cleaning supplier to 

reduce the frequency of line cleaning, from 
weekly to fortnightly, which will reduce water 
usage and the amount of cleaning product  
that ends up in the drain

•  collecting our plastic keystones and shives on 

our cask lines for recycling. We used to do this, 
stopped for a period, and have recently started 
doing it again

•  payslips and training materials, such as 

handouts and leaflets, are now paperless.  
Team members can access these on the app  
or desktop version of Fuse. We have saved  
the printing of approximately 180,000 
payslips a year.

Carbon reporting 

Fuel type

Electricity and gas

Petrol and diesel

Total

CO2 emissions per £100,000 of turnover

  Male  
  Female 

25 (74%)
9 (26%)

ALL EMPLOYEES1

James Douglas
Finance Director

  Male 
  Female 

2,876 (59%)
2,029 (41%)

1  As at 31 March 2018.

52 weeks 
ended 
31 March 2018 
CO2 tonnes

53 weeks 
ended 
1 April 2017
CO2 tonnes

25,670

26,021

2,129

2,186

27,799

28,207

6.9

7.2

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS34

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

DRIVING OUR STRATEGY

Driving our strategy is the Board – a team of people that 
each brings expertise and experience in different areas. 
They set the strategic direction for the Company and  
add their contribution to the Fuller’s growth story. 

Front: left to right

Peter Swinburn 
Jonathon Swaine 
Michael Turner 
Simon Emeny 

Back: left to right

John Dunsmore 
Juliette Stacey 
James Douglas 
Séverine Béquin
Simon Dodd 
Richard Fuller
Sir James Fuller Bt.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.Michael Turner 
Non-Executive Chairman
Chairman of the Nominations Committee

Simon Emeny
Chief Executive

Aged 66. Joined in 1978. A Chartered 
Accountant with international experience. 
Initially ran the Wine Division as Wine Director. 
Appointed Marketing Director in 1988, 
Managing Director in 1992, Chief Executive in 
2002 and Chairman in 2007. Chairman of the 
British Beer and Pub Association 2008-2010. 
Master of the Worshipful Company of Vintners 
2011-2012.

Aged 52. Joined in 1996 from Bass plc where he 
held a variety of senior operational and strategic 
planning roles. Appointed to the Board as Retail 
Director in May 1998, Managing Director, 
Fuller’s Inns in July 2006, Group Managing 
Director in November 2010 and Chief Executive 
in July 2013. Non-Executive Director of The 
National Gallery Company Limited. Previously 
Senior Independent Director and chair of the 
Remuneration Committee of Dunelm Group plc. 
An economics graduate and alumnus of Harvard 
Business School.

35

James Douglas
Finance Director

Aged 52. Appointed in 2007 from LSE-listed 
telecoms operator Fibernet Group plc, where  
he was Finance Director. Spent eight years  
with Deutsche Bank as an investment banker. 
Qualified as a prize-winning Chartered 
Accountant with PricewaterhouseCoopers. 
Holds a first degree in physics and a master’s 
degree in economics.

Richard Fuller 
Corporate Affairs Director

Simon Dodd 
Managing Director of The Fuller’s Beer Company

Jonathon Swaine 
Managing Director of Fuller’s Inns

Aged 58. Joined the Company in 1984. 
Appointed a Divisional Director in 1992 and to 
the Board in December 2009 with responsibility 
initially for sales then, additionally, personnel. 
Now responsible for Corporate Affairs and 
government relations. A GMP graduate of 
Harvard Business School.

Aged 43. Appointed in 2016. Joined the 
Company in 2015 as Operations Director for 
Fuller’s Inns – Premium City. Previously COO  
of The Orchid Group, and has held positions at 
nPower, The Yates Group, Mitchell & Butlers and 
Scottish & Newcastle. A retail marketing graduate.

Aged 47. Appointed to the Board in 2012. 
Joined the Company in 2005 and appointed  
as Operations Director for Fuller’s Inns in  
2007. Has previously held positions at Carlton 
Communications and Molson Coors. An arts 
graduate with a master’s degree in marketing 
and alumnus of Columbia Business School.

Séverine Béquin
Company Secretary

Aged 48. Appointed in 2014 after nearly  
ten years as Group Company Secretary of 
Eurotunnel. Previously worked as a solicitor in 
private practice and then as Company Secretary 
to various UK and international companies.

John Dunsmore
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
Member of the Audit Committee
Member of the Nominations Committee

Aged 59. Appointed in 2009. Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director. 
Non-Executive Deputy Chairman of Genius 
Foods Ltd., Senior Advisor to Inverleith LLP  
and Non-Executive Chairman of Chapel Down 
Group plc. Director of The Edinburgh Beer 
Factory Limited. Former Chief Executive of 
C&C Group plc and former Chief Executive  
of Scottish & Newcastle plc prior to its takeover 
by Heineken and Carlsberg in 2008. Former 
CEO of The Hothouse Investment Club.

Sir James Fuller Bt
Non-Executive Director

Aged 47. Appointed in 2010. Served in The Life 
Guards 1991-1998. Employed by the Company 
from 1998-2003, working in the Tied and 
Managed Pub estate and has since been 
running his own business.

Lynn Fordham
Independent Non-Executive Director

Ages 55. Appointed in 2011. Chief Executive  
of SVG Capital Managers Limited. Previous 
appointments include Chief Executive of SVG 
Capital plc, CFO SVG Capital, Deputy CFO at 
BAA plc, Director of Audit and Risk at Boots 
Group plc and Finance Director of ED&F Man 
Sugar. In addition, she spent 10 years at Mobil 
Oil in a number of financial and operational roles 
predominantly internationally. An accountancy 
graduate and Chartered Accountant.

Peter Swinburn
Independent Non-Executive Director
Member of the Remuneration Committee
Member of the Audit Committee
Member of the Nominations Committee

Juliette Stacey 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Chairman of the Audit Committee
Member of the Remuneration Committee
Member of the Nominations Committee

Aged 65. Appointed in 2018. Non-Executive 
Director and Chair of the Compensation and 
Governance Committee of Express Inc (USA),  
a publicly listed company. Non-Executive 
Director of Driven Brands USA, a private 
company. Chairman of the Wales Millennium 
Centre. Former President and Chief Executive 
Officer of Molson Coors Brewing Company and 
former Non-Executive Director and member  
of the Audit Committee and Compensation 
Committee of Cabela’s Inc (USA).

Aged 48. Appointed in 2018. Chief Executive  
of Mabey Holdings Limited. Previously Chief 
Financial Officer of Mabey Holdings Limited. 
Former Chief Operating Officer (UK and 
Europe) and Finance Director (Commercial UK) 
of Savills plc. A Geography graduate qualified as 
a Chartered Accountant with Ernst & Young.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS36

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

The Directors present their report to shareholders 
together with the audited financial statements  
for the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018.

Strategic Report
The statements and reviews on pages 6 to 33 
comprise the Strategic Report which includes 
information about the Group’s strategy and 
business model as well as providing an update  
on the business and financial performance  
during the year and indications of likely  
future developments, KPIs, principal risks  
and uncertainties and the Group’s financial 
management and treasury policies.

Directors 
A list of Directors who served during the financial 
year and comprise the Board of Directors as at 
the date of this report, together with biographical 
details, is given on page 35.

Alastair Kerr (68) who was appointed to the 
Board in 2011, resigned as a Director with effect 
from 24 January 2018.

On the recommendation of the Nominations 
Committee, Peter Swinburn and Juliette Stacey 
were appointed by the Board of Directors with 
effect from 21 March 2018. In accordance with 
the Articles of Association, their appointment 
will be subject to the approval of shareholders  
at the Annual General Meeting.

The term of office of Lynn Fordham expired  
on 18 January 2018 and it was extended by the 
Board so that Lynn Fordham could step down 
following the announcement of the results for 
the 2018 Financial Year on 8 June 2018. As Lynn 
Fordham will have resigned by the time of the 
Annual General Meeting, this prorogation of her 
term of office will not be subject to the approval 
of the shareholders at that time.

The term of office of John Dunsmore expired on 
20 January 2018 and, on the recommendation  
of the Nominations Committee, this was 
extended by the Board for a further year to 
avoid having all the Independent Non-Executive 
Directors being replaced in the same year. The 
reappointment of John Dunsmore will be subject 
to the approval of shareholders at the Annual 
General Meeting.

Simon Emeny and Sir James Fuller retire by 
rotation at the Annual General Meeting and  
offer themselves for re-election. Simon Emeny  
is an Executive Director and has a rolling service 
contract of 12 months’ duration.

Details of all Directors’ interests as at the end  
of the financial year are set out in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on page 47 to 61.

Dividends
The Company paid an interim dividend of 7.55p 
per ‘A’ and ‘C’ ordinary share of 40p each and 
0.755p per ‘B’ ordinary share of 4p each on  
2 January 2018. The Directors now recommend 
a final dividend of 12p per ‘A’ and ‘C’ ordinary 
share of 40p each and 1.2p per ‘B’ ordinary share 
of 4p each. This makes a total dividend for the 
financial year of 19.55p per ‘A’ and ‘C’ ordinary 
share of 40p each and 1.955p per ‘B’ ordinary  
shares of 4p each.

The total proposed final dividend on ordinary 
shares will be £6,602,552 which together with 
the 2018 interim dividend paid of £4,155,552 
and the £120,000 of cumulative preference 
dividends paid will make total dividends of 
£10,878,104.

Auditors and Disclosure of Information  
to Auditors
The Directors who held office as at the date of 
approval of this Directors’ Report confirm that, 
so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant 
audit information (as defined in Section 418(2) 
of the Companies Act 2006) of which the 
Company’s Auditors are unaware and each 
Director has taken all the steps that they ought 
to have taken as a Director to make themselves 
aware of any relevant audit information to 
establish that the Company’s Auditors are  
aware of that information. The Auditors,  
Grant Thornton UK LLP, have indicated their 
willingness to continue in office, and a resolution 
that they be re-appointed will be proposed at  
the Annual General Meeting.

Indemnity Provisions
The Articles of Association provide the Directors 
with indemnities in relation to their duties as 
Directors, including qualifying third party 
indemnity provisions (within the meaning of the 
Companies Acts). All of the Executive Directors’ 
contracts contain a clause which states: “the 
Executive shall be indemnified out of the assets of 
the Company against any liability incurred by him 
as a Director or other officer of the Company  
in defending any proceedings (whether civil or 
criminal) in which judgement is given in his favour 
or in which he is acquitted or in connection with 
any application under the Companies Acts in 
which relief from liability is granted to him by the 
court from liability for negligence, default, breach 
of duty or breach of trust he may be guilty of  
in relation to the affairs of the Company.” The 
Company purchases Directors and Officers 
liability insurance which gives appropriate cover  
for any legal action brought against its Directors. 
This insurance also covers the Trustees of the 
Company’s defined benefit pension scheme. 
James Douglas is a Trustee of the Scheme.

Political Donations
The Group does not make political donations.

Purchase of Own Shares 
At the Annual General Meeting held on 25 July 
2017, the Company was given authority to 
purchase up to 4,839,091 ‘A’ ordinary shares  
to be held as treasury shares to be used in 
connection with, among other purposes, the 
Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) and/or other 
share option schemes. This authority will expire 
at the Annual General Meeting and shareholders 
will be asked to give a similar authority to 
purchase shares up to 15% of the ‘A’ ordinary 
capital at that date.

The Company’s maximum issued ordinary share 
capital during the year was £22,793,726 
comprising 33,572,093 ‘A’ ordinary shares, 
89,052,625 ‘B’ ordinary shares and 14,506,959 
‘C’ ordinary shares.

During the year the Company purchased a total 
of 536,827 ‘A’ ordinary shares at a total cost of 
£5,276,168.56 (exclusive of stamp duty). These 
share purchases represented 0.94% of the 
maximum issued ordinary shares and 1.60% of the 
Company’s issued ‘A’ ordinary share capital.

80,302 ‘A’ ordinary shares held in treasury, 
with a value of £759,630 were transferred to the 
Trustee of the Share Incentive Plan. 109,465 ‘A’ 
ordinary shares held in treasury, with a value of 
£1,031,801, were transferred to the Trustee of 
the LTIP. 103,512 ‘A’ ordinary shares held in 
treasury were allocated to participants of the 
Savings Related Share Option Scheme and the 
Executive Share Option Scheme on exercise  
of options, generating net cash proceeds 
of £763,002. As at 31 March 2018, a total 
of 1,507,378 ‘A’ ordinary shares and a total  
of 4,558,009 ‘B’ ordinary shares are held  
as treasury shares.

Employees
The Group gives a high priority to communication 
with all its employees and pensioners thus 
encouraging a common awareness of the financial 
and economic factors affecting the Group.  
Up until this year, this was largely facilitated via 
the Company’s intranet and e-mail systems.  
In October 2017, the Group launched a 
communications application, FUSE, which 
enables communication with all employees of 
Fuller’s, Griffin Catering Services, Cornish 
Orchards and The Stable. This will be extended to 
Nectar Imports and Dark Star Brewing Company 
employees, thereby making the application 
accessible by the whole Group. Twice a year, all 
Brewery-based employees are invited to a results 
presentation led by the Chief Executive. Fuller’s 
Inns runs a “Connection Week” where one 
person from each pub is invited to a conference at 
which a number of messages are communicated. 
That employee returns to their pub and shares the 

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.37

Substantial Shareholdings
The Company had been advised under the Disclosure and Transparency Rules that the following held 
an interest in 3% or more of the voting rights of its listed issued share capital:

Percentage ‘A’ ordinary shares of 40p each

BlackRock, Inc

Standard Life Aberdeen plc

Ameriprise Financial, Inc

Kames Capital and associated entities

As at 
 31 March 
2018

As at
1 June
 2018 

11.00

11.84

8.23

5.93

4.06

7.22

5.93

3.82

The Company is also aware of the following interests in 3% or more of the voting rights in the two 
classes of its unlisted share capital:

Percentage ‘B’ ordinary shares of 4p each

information with their colleagues. The Fuller’s 
Beer Company also runs a “Connection Day”. 
News is regularly communicated via both 
traditional notice boards and e-mail distributions 
as well as town-hall style meetings. The 
communications policy, which is in operation 
throughout the business, is designed to ensure the 
successful cascading of information. A structure 
of consultation committees at both Divisional and 
Corporate level is in place to facilitate a dialogue 
between the Group and representatives of all 
employees including union members. Taken 
together, these communications have allowed  
the Group to engage successfully with all our 
employees, wherever they are employed.

The Group’s recruitment policy is designed to 
ensure that all applications for employment, 
including those made by disabled persons, are 
given full and fair consideration, in light of the 
applicants’ particular aptitudes and abilities. The 
Group also has an equal opportunities policy 
which is designed to ensure that all employees  
are treated equally in terms of training, career 
development and promotion. Where employees 
develop a disability during their employment  
by the Group, every effort is made to continue 
their employment and arrange for appropriate 
training, career development and promotion as 
far as is reasonably practicable. Development and 
training of our employees at all levels has always 
been a priority at Fuller’s.

The Company continues to offer qualifying  
staff a Savings Related Share Option Scheme,  
a Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”) and a variety of 
performance-related bonus arrangements, which 
serve to encourage staff interest in the Group’s 
performance. Staff throughout the Group are 
given an ‘Inndulgence’ card allowing them to 
benefit from a staff discount scheme in the 
Group’s managed pubs.

Sir J H F, Messrs A F and E F Fuller

J F Russell-Smith Charitable Trust

Mr A G F Fuller

A B Earle Charitable Trust

Dunarden Limited

Mr R D Inverarity

Mr G F Inverarity

Miss S M Turner

Mr M J Turner 

Mr R H F Fuller

Mr T J M Turner

Percentage ‘C’ ordinary shares of 40p each

Sir J H F, Messrs A F and E F Fuller

Share Capital
Information on the Company’s capital structure 
and related restrictions is given in note 27 to  
the financial statements. Details of significant 
shareholdings are set out below.

Mr T J M Turner

Mr H D Williams

Miss S M Turner

Mrs J M Fuller

Fuller Family Members Trust

Mrs D M St. C Turner

Computershare Trustees Limited holds a total  
of 376,651 ‘A’ ordinary shares on behalf of 
employees of the Company who are participants 
in its SIP. This represents 1.16% of the issued  
‘A’ ordinary share capital (excluding shares held  
in treasury). In respect of the shares that have 
been allocated, Computershare Trustees Limited 
exercises voting rights in relation to those shares, 
having consulted with the participants about their 
voting intentions.

Articles of Association
The Articles of Association state that the Board may appoint Directors and that at the subsequent 
Annual General Meeting, shareholders may elect any such Director. Alternatively the Company  
may directly appoint a Director. The Articles also contain the power for the Company to remove  
any Director by special resolution and appoint someone in his place by ordinary resolution. There are 
various other circumstances under the Articles which would mean that the office of a Director would 
be vacated, including if he resigns, becomes of unsound mind or bankrupt.

As at  
31 March 2018 
and at  
1 June 2018 

16.26

7.66

5.72

4.62

3.60

3.52

3.48

3.33

3.32

3.12

3.00

As at  
31 March 2018 
and at  
1 June 2018 

30.92

6.18

6.03

5.24

4.28

3.99

3.08

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS38

DIRECTORS’ REPORT continued

At every Annual General Meeting one-third of 
the Directors who are subject to retirement by 
rotation or, if their number is not three or any 
multiple of three, then the number nearest to but 
not exceeding one-third shall retire from office 
but, if there is only one Director who is subject to 
retirement by rotation, he shall retire. In addition, 
if any Director has at the start of the Annual 
General Meeting been in office for more than 
three years since his last appointment or 
re-appointment he shall retire at that Annual 
General Meeting.

The Articles do not contain any specific provisions 
about amendments to the Articles and are 
therefore governed by the relevant Companies 
Act requirements which state that the Articles 
may only be amended by special resolution.

Subject to the Company’s Memorandum and 
Articles of Association and UK legislation, the 
business of the Company is managed by the 
Board which may exercise all the powers of the 
Company. The Articles of the Company have  
a section entitled “Powers and Duties of the 
Board” which sets out powers such as the rights 
to establish local boards, to appoint agents,  
to delegate and to appoint persons with the 
designation “Director” without implying that  
the person is a Director of the Company.  
There are further sections of the Articles  
entitled “Allotment of Shares” setting out the 
Board’s power to issue shares and purchase the 
Company’s own shares, and “Borrowing Powers” 
setting out the provisions concerning the 
Company’s power to borrow and give security. 
The Directors have been authorised to allot and 
issue ordinary shares. These powers are exercised 
under authority of resolutions of the Company 
passed at its Annual General Meeting.

The Group has entered into a number of 
agreements with the major brewers operating in 
the UK under which it both buys and sells beers 
and these agreements may be terminated by the 
other party should the Group undergo a change 
of control.

In the event of a change of control the 
Company is obliged to notify its main bank 
Lenders of such. The Lenders shall not be 
obliged to fund any new borrowing requests and 
the facilities will lapse after 30 days from the 
change of control if terms on which they can 
continue have not been agreed. All borrowings 
including accrued interest will become 
repayable within 10 days of such a lapse.

Information Required under the Listing Rules
There is no information to disclose in this Annual 
Report and Accounts pursuant to Listing Rule 
9.8.4.

Corporate Governance
The Group’s report on Corporate Governance  
is set out on pages 40 to 46. The Corporate 
Governance Report forms part of this Directors’ 
Report and is incorporated into it by reference.

Corporate Social Responsibility
The Group’s report on Corporate Social 
Responsibility is set out on pages 30 to 33.  
It contains information on greenhouse gas 
emissions and gender diversity.

By order of the Board

Séverine Béquin
Company Secretary

7 June 2018

Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. 
Griffin Brewery 
Chiswick Lane South 
London W4 2QB

Registered in England under number: 241882

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.DIRECTORS’ STATEMENTS

39

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities  
in Respect of the Financial Statements
The Directors are responsible for preparing  
the Strategic Report, the Annual Report, the 
Remuneration Report and the Group and 
Company financial statements in accordance 
with applicable United Kingdom law and those 
International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRS”) as adopted by the European Union.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare 
financial statements for each financial year. 
Under that law, the Directors have elected to 
prepare the financial statements in accordance 
with IFRS as adopted by the European Union. 
Under company law, the Directors must not 
approve the financial statements unless they are 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the 
state of affairs and profit or loss of the Group and 
Company for the financial period. In preparing 
the Group and Company financial statements, 
the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies in 

accordance with IAS 1 Presentation of 
Financial Statements and then apply  
them consistently;

•  make an assessment of the Company’s ability 

to continue as a going concern;

•  state that the Group and Company have 

complied with IFRS, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements; and

•  make judgements and estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent.

Directors’ Statement as to Disclosure  
of Information to Auditors
The Directors who were members of the Board 
at the time of approving the Directors’ Report 
are listed on page 35. Having made enquiries of 
fellow Directors and of the Company’s auditors, 
each of these Directors confirms that:

•  to the best of each Director’s knowledge and 
belief, there is no information relevant to  
the preparation of this report of which  
the Company’s auditors are unaware; and

•  each Director has taken all the steps a 

Director might reasonably be expected to 
have taken to be aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the 
Company’s auditors are aware of  
that information.

On behalf of the Board

Michael Turner
Chairman

7 June 2018

James Douglas
Finance Director

7 June 2018

The Directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are sufficient 
to show and explain the Group’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Group and Company  
and enable them to ensure that the financial 
statements and the Remuneration Report 
comply with the Companies Act 2006 and 
applicable regulations, including the 
requirements of the Listing Rules and the 
Disclosure and Transparency Rules (“DTR”)  
and in the case of the Group financial 
statements, with Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 
They are also responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Group and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection 
of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for preparing the 
Annual Report in accordance with applicable  
law and regulations. The Directors consider the 
Annual Report and the financial statements, 
taken as a whole, provides the information 
necessary to assess the Company’s performance, 
business model and strategy and is fair, balanced 
and understandable. The Directors are 
responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the corporate and financial information included 
on the Company’s website. Legislation in the 
United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ 
from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Statement as to Preparation of  
Financial Statements
The Directors confirm, to the best of  
their knowledge:

•  that these financial statements, prepared  
in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the 
European Union, give a true and fair view of 
the assets, liabilities, financial position and 
profit of the Group and Company taken as  
a whole; and

•  that the Annual Report and the Strategic 

Report includes a fair review of the 
development and performance of the business 
and the position of the Group and Company 
taken as a whole, together with a description  
of the principal risks and uncertainties that 
they face.

The Directors of Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. 
are listed on page 35.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS40

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

We believe that you can only have  
an effective Board when all members  
understand what is required of them and when 
they all have time to conduct their duties

Michael Turner
Chairman

experience, independence and knowledge on our 
Board and our Board Committees. This year has 
seen the appointment of Peter Swinburn and 
Juliette Stacey as new Independent Non-Executive 
Directors following the departure of Alastair Kerr  
in January. Lynn Fordham is also stepping down in 
June following the approval of these Report and 
Accounts. In order to ensure a smooth transition, 
John Dunsmore, who completes his third 
three-year term in office at this year’s Annual 
General Meeting, has agreed to stay on until next 
year’s Annual General Meeting to avoid all the 
Independent Non-Executive Directors being 
replaced in the same year. Notwithstanding the fact 
that John Dunsmore will have served on the board 
for more than nine years, the Board continues to 
consider that he is independent. This additional 
one-year term will provide continuity for the Board.

I am satisfied that the Board continues to be 
comprised of the right individuals who have the 
skills required to run this type of business and 
to respond to the challenges presented by the 
continually changing environment in which we 
operate. The Board recognises the importance  
of all types of diversity for Board effectiveness. 
We continue to believe that appointments should 
be made on the basis of merit against the selection 
criteria for any particular role. 

We believe that you can only have an effective 
Board when all members understand what is 
required of them and when they all have time to 
conduct their duties. All of our Directors have 
detailed appointment letters or contracts which 
set out their duties. We confirm that appointment 
letters for Non-Executive Directors set out the 
expected time commitment required. We also 
have a policy that the Directors can only take on 
additional roles with Board approval. In line with 
the Code, the terms of appointment for all our 
Non-Executives specifically state that the role 
of the Non-Executive Directors is to challenge 
and help develop strategy.

Finally I would like shareholders to understand 
that I am in charge of our annual Board evaluation. 
I am aware that larger PLCs are required to seek 
external assistance to effect this process but do 
not believe that this would be likely to add extra 
value as long as our own process is robust. I believe 
that we have that robustness and that the manner 
in which the evaluation is carried out encourages  
a healthy debate on things that could be improved.

I am pleased to confirm that I see it as the 
Chairman’s responsibility to lead the Board and 
ensure it is working effectively. This year we 
are able to report full compliance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”) as 
revised in April 2016. The Board continues to 
focus on the key issue of succession planning 
which is a complex topic for a business that has 
very low turnover amongst its senior management 
and is still very much a family-controlled concern 
whilst also being a listed public company. However, 
succession plans continue to be discussed both at 
Executive Committee and Board level. 

Throughout the rest of the business, succession 
plans are in place at departmental level and are 
reviewed regularly by the relevant Directors  
in conjunction with their Executive colleagues  
and their personnel advisors. Furthermore, all 
department plans are compiled into a Company 
succession plan which provides effective review of 
cross-departmental promotion and opportunities. 

In terms of Board balance, I chair the Nominations 
Committee and am personally involved in all Board 
level recruitment. Therefore, I am able to ensure 
that we continue to have a good balance of skills, 

Michael Turner
Chairman

7 June 2018

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.41

Introduction and Compliance
The Board of Directors is committed to the 
highest standards of corporate governance and 
believes that such standards are critical to overall 
business integrity and performance. This report 
explains how the Company applies the principles 
of the Code which shareholders can find on  
the Financial Reporting Council’s website at  
www.frc.org.uk.

The Company has complied with the 
requirements of the Code, as applicable 
to a smaller quoted company, throughout 
the financial year.

The information that is required by Code 
provision C.1.2 on the business model and the 
strategy for delivering the Company’s objectives 
can be found in the Strategic Report on pages 6 
to 33. The information relating to the share 
capital of the Company that is required by DTR 
7.2.6R can be found within the Directors’ 
Report, on pages 36 and 37.

The Board
The Board’s Role
The Board of Directors is collectively responsible 
to the shareholders for the performance and long 
term success of the Group. Its role includes the 
establishment, review and monitoring of strategic 
objectives, approval of major acquisitions, 
disposals and capital expenditure, ownership of 
the corporate values, overseeing the Group’s 
systems of internal controls, governance and risk 
management and ensuring that the appropriate 
resources are in place to deliver these and fulfil 
the Company’s obligations to its stakeholders.

How the Board Works
The Board governs through its executive 
management, and formally via its other clearly 
mandated Committees. Each standing Board 
Committee has specific written terms of 
reference which are reviewed by the Board 
annually and there is a formal list of Matters 
Reserved for the Board (which is also reviewed 
annually). This distinguishes between matters 
reserved for the Board and Executive 
Committee decisions. The terms of reference 
of the Audit, Remuneration and Nominations 
Committees are available on the Company’s 
website. All Committee Chairmen report orally 
on the proceedings of their Committees at the 
next meeting of the Board, and the minutes of 
the meetings of all Board Committees (with 
some exceptions on remuneration matters) are 
provided to Board members. The Chairman 

ensures that the Executive Directors provide 
accurate and timely information for Board 
meetings which is then open to debate and 
challenge by all. Meetings enjoy open dialogue 
and constructive challenge on all issues is 
encouraged. With a good information flow 
between and prior to Board meetings, decisions 
are made in a timely manner after appropriate 
questions are dealt with. The Board has adopted 
a procedure, in accordance with the Company’s 
Articles, to consider and, if it sees fit, to 
authorise situations where a Director has an 
interest that conflicts, or may possibly conflict, 
with the interests of the Company.

Board Meetings
The Board meets formally at least six times a 
year with papers circulated a week in advance 
and the agenda and papers for these meetings 
are subject to the scrutiny of the Chairman and 
the Company Secretary. However the Board 
regularly considers matters on an ad hoc basis 
between scheduled meetings. The Executive 
Committee meets formally at least eleven times 
a year and also meets informally most weeks. 
There is thus a regular flow of information at 
Board and Executive Committee level. Both the 
Board and the Executive Committee hold some 
of their formal meetings away from the Brewery 
within the Estate.

At Board meetings, the agendas cover projects, 
analysis of the market in which the Group 
operates and performance. Each of the 
Executive Directors and the Company Secretary 
also update the Board at each meeting on 
matters for which they are responsible. The 
Board is responsible for approving the annual 
budget and the annual and half-year results. At 
the beginning of some of the Board meetings, 
one or more Divisional Directors or Senior 
Managers are invited to join the meeting and 
inform the Board of developments in their area 
of the business. The Board also meets away from 
the Griffin Brewery every year for an in-depth 
review of corporate strategy, and other agenda 
items might include an update on the economy 
and a review of the Group’s competitors. The 
Non-Executive Directors from time to time 
meet with members of the senior management 
team at the Brewery and also spend days out in 
the trade with individual members of that team. 
This helps to keep the Non-Executive Directors 
up to date with the operations of the Group and 
also provides the Executive Directors with 
valuable feedback about the Company’s people 
and its operations.

The Executive Committee is chaired by Simon 
Emeny and its meetings focus on the detail of 
the Group’s performance. The Finance Director 
leads a review of the Group’s management 
accounts and presents updates on treasury and 
credit control. Each Executive Director and the 
Company Secretary update their colleagues on 
the key issues facing their part of the business. 
There is a good level of consultation and debate 
at these meetings. The list of Matters Reserved 
for the Board sets out which matters need Board 
approval and which decisions can be made at 
Executive Committee level. Most significant 
business decisions are made by the Board, but 
matters such as health and safety policy and 
approving major contracts are taken at Executive 
Committee level. At the beginning of most 
Executive Committee meetings one or more 
Senior Managers are invited to join the meeting 
and talk to the Committee about the issues in 
their department. Three times a year, all of the 
divisional directors and financial controllers join 
together with the Executive Committee to 
conduct a detailed review of the half-year and 
full-year accounts, and to construct the annual 
budget, before these are debated at Board level. 

As well as the dialogue within the boardroom, 
the Non-Executive Directors meet privately, 
under the leadership of the Senior Independent 
Director, without the Executive Directors 
present. They also meet with the Chairman and 
the Chief Executive on a regular basis. These 
meetings allow for the review of issues faced 
by the business, the continuation of dialogue 
on strategic issues, the discussion of Board 
appointments when appropriate, succession 
planning, and the provision of support to the 
Chairman and the Chief Executive in their roles.

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings
The table on page 42 gives details of attendance 
at Board and Committee meetings during  
the year.

The Board believes that all of its members  
have sufficient time to discharge their duties 
effectively. All Directors are required to seek 
permission before accepting any external 
appointments, therefore Board members 
are kept fully aware of their colleagues’ 
other commitments.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS42

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT continued

Attendance 2017/2018

Number of formal meetings

Director

Michael Turner

Simon Emeny

James Douglas

Richard Fuller

Simon Dodd

Jonathon Swaine

Sir James Fuller

John Dunsmore

Lynn Fordham

Alastair Kerr (until his resignation on 24 January 2018)

Peter Swinburn (from his appointment on 21 March 2018)

Juliette Stacey (from her appointment on 21 March 2018)

Board

Executive

Audit Remuneration Nominations

11

11

10**

11

11

11

4

 *

* 

* 

4

3

4

4

* 

* 

4

4

4

3

3

*

3

3

6

6

6

5**

6

6

6

6

6

5**

5

1

1

These Directors are not members of the Committees but are invited to be in attendance at meetings.

* 
**  Lynn Fordham was unable to attend the meeting due to an ongoing hostile takeover process. James Douglas was unable to attend following an accident.

Composition and Balance of the Board
Michael Turner is responsible for leading the 
Board and ensuring its effectiveness and 
openness, and that communications with 
shareholders are valuable. The Chairman does 
not have any commitments which constrain 
his ability to fulfil his role. Simon Emeny 
is responsible for all operational aspects 
of the Group.

During the period, Alastair Kerr resigned as 
a Director with effect from 24 January 2018 
and Lynn Fordham will step down as a Director 
following the approval of these Annual Report 
and Accounts. On the recommendation of the 
Nominations Committee, Peter Swinburn and 
Juliette Stacey were appointed to the Board as 
Independent Non-Executive Directors with 
effect from 21 March 2018. New Directors 
undertake a tailored induction programme.

Following Lynn Fordham’s departure, the 
Company will have five Non-Executive 
Directors, two of whom – Sir James Fuller 
and Michael Turner – are family members. This 
representation is very important in a company 
with a high proportion of family shareholders. 
The other three Non-Executive Directors, all of 
whom are deemed independent under the Code, 
are experienced business leaders and all of the 
Non-Executives bring a wide range of skills and 
experiences to the Board. The Directors consider 
that the Board is well-balanced as it has the right 
number of members for the size of the Group 
and the Directors agree that no one individual 
dominates discussions and that each makes  
a full and positive contribution. The Directors’ 

biographies are on page 35. John Dunsmore is 
the Senior Independent Director and an industry 
expert who brings knowledge, support and advice 
to the Chairman and all the other Board 
members; he is in regular dialogue with all Board 
members outside of Board meetings and 
co-ordinates the views of the Non-Executive 
Directors as and when required. Having been 
Senior Independent Director for seven years, 
John Dunsmore will step down on  
1 July 2018 from this role. He will be replaced by 
Peter Swinburn who brings his extensive industry 
experience to the role. All of the Independent 
Non-Executive Directors are determined by  
the Board to be independent in character and 
judgement and there are no relationships or 
circumstances which could affect or appear  
to affect their judgement; all are appointed  
for specified terms. The details of the Non-
Executive Directors’ respective arrangements 
are as set out in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on pages 47 to 61 and are available for 
inspection at the Company’s registered office.

Advice for the Board
There is a procedure in place under which 
Directors can obtain independent professional 
advice. The Directors also have access to the 
advice and services of the Company Secretary 
who is responsible to the Board for ensuring 
that Board procedures are complied with. The 
Directors are satisfied that any concerns they 
raise at Board meetings are recorded in the 
minutes. The Company maintains appropriate 
insurance cover in respect of legal action 
against its Directors and Officers.

Professional Development
All Directors attend training courses, industry 
forums and specialist briefings relevant to their 
role throughout the year. Occasionally, specialists 
such as the Company’s actuary or corporate 
lawyer join a Board meeting to brief the Board 
on a particular topic. Both the Board and the 
Executive Committee visit Group pubs and hotels 
as part of the Board meeting programme. On 
these and on other occasions, Board meetings 
may be held in the Group’s pubs, with the aim of 
keeping the Directors familiar with the Group’s 
estate. Executive Directors are permitted to hold 
one other paid directorship, with the Board’s 
consent, as the Board believes that experience of 
how other boards work enhances the Directors’ 
contribution to Fuller’s.

Board Evaluation
The Chairman conducts an annual evaluation 
of the Board, where all Board members are 
asked to rate the Board’s work across a number 
of different topics, with constructive criticism 
encouraged, via the medium of a questionnaire. 
The questionnaire includes questions on the 
balance of skills, experience, independence and 
knowledge, diversity (including gender diversity), 
how the Board works as a unit and other factors 
relevant to its effectiveness. Where necessary  
the Chairman seeks clarification on the responses 
given; he then consolidates the responses and 
reports back to the Board, highlighting significant 
improvements and deteriorations in any particular 
area by comparing results with previous years’ 

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
43

outputs and agreeing actions to tackle any areas 
requiring improvement. Unattributed comments 
of significance are shared with all. This year the 
results were remarkably consistent with last year’s 
scores. The results did provide some insight into 
areas that could be improved further and these 
were debated at a Board meeting and were the 
Chairman’s focus in terms of follow up. The Audit 
and Remuneration Committees conduct similar 
assessments and their work is also commented 
upon in the evaluation conducted by the 
Chairman. The appraisal of the Executive 
Directors and the Company Secretary is 
conducted annually by the Chairman or Chief 
Executive and, as part of the appraisal process, 
individual training and development needs are 
discussed. The annual appraisal of the Non-
Executive Directors is conducted by the 
Chairman, following consultation with the 
Executive team.

Board Re-election
The Articles of Association of the Company 
ensure that all Directors are subject to election 
by shareholders at the first Annual General 
Meeting after their appointment and to 
re-election at three-yearly intervals.

Board Committees
The Nominations Committee
The Nominations Committee Chairman  
is Michael Turner and the other members  
during the period were John Dunsmore and  
Lynn Fordham. The Board appointed Peter 
Swinburn and Juliette Stacey as members of 
the Nominations Committee. It is responsible 
for nominating candidates for appointment as 
Directors, for approval by the Board although 
the full Board will also typically informally 
discuss Board appointments. The Committee 
met three times during the year to consider the 
appointment of new Non-Executive Directors 
and formalise the description of the roles of 
Chairman and Chief Executive as part of 
succession planning. The Board does not believe 
that setting percentage targets for the number 
of women on the Board is appropriate, given 
the key principle of appointing on merit. As 
and when Board vacancies arise and should the 
support of an executive search firm be required, 
the Board and the Nominations Committee  
will ensure that it only uses firms that have  
signed up to their industry’s Voluntary Code of 
Conduct (prepared in response to Lord Davies’ 
report). Further information on gender diversity 

across the business can be found in the 
Corporate and Social Responsibility Report  
on page 33.

The Remuneration Committee
Information about the Remuneration 
Committee and Remuneration Policy is given 
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

The Audit Committee
The Audit Committee of the Board, chaired 
during the period by Lynn Fordham, comprises a 
minimum of three Independent Non-Executive 
Directors and meets at least four times a year. 
The Board appointed Peter Swinburn and Juliette 
Stacey as members of the Audit Committee in 
March 2018. Juliette Stacey will take on the 
chairmanship of the Audit Committee with 
effect from 9 June 2018. The members of the 
Audit Committee consider that they have  
the requisite skills and experience to fulfil the 
responsibilities of the Committee. In addition, 
the Chairman, the Chief Executive, the Finance 
Director and members of the finance team join 
the meetings on a regular basis as do the external 
Audit Partner and Audit Manager.

Key accounting judgement

How the issue was addressed

Separately Disclosed Items

The Audit Committee considered the nature of items classified as “separately disclosed items” in the 
financial statements. The Committee was satisfied that the items management proposed to show as 
separately disclosed items are not linked to the underlying trading of the Group. Separately disclosed 
items include:

•  Profit or loss on property disposals. 
•  Transaction costs on site acquisitions both completed and aborted.
•  The Stable deemed remuneration in relation to the revaluation of the option to purchase the remaining 

share in The Stable Pizza & Cider Limited.

•  Impairment and reversal of impairment on properties.
•  Replacement of core IT systems costs.
•  Net movement on revaluation of financial instruments that do not meet the requirements for  

hedge accounting.

•  Net interest expense on the Group’s defined benefit pension plan.

In addition, the Committee reviewed these disclosures within the 2018 Annual Report and Accounts to 
ensure they clearly identified and reconciled to the relevant GAAP measure.

Impairment Testing of Intangible Assets and 
Property, Plant and Equipment

The Committee considered the proposed impairment of property assets for both the Half Year Report 
and the Annual Report. The Committee was satisfied with the approach presented by management and 
the judgements made for those properties at risk of impairment.

Pension Accounting

Subsidiary Share Purchase Options

Acquisition Accounting

The pension liability is sensitive to the actuarial assumptions applied in measuring future cash outflows. 
The use of assumptions such as discount rate and inflation which have an impact on the valuation of the 
defined benefit pension scheme, was assessed by the Committee. The Committee was satisfied with  
the proposed accounting treatment and revised disclosures of the Group’s defined benefit plan in the 
financial statements.

The Committee considered the fair value of the liabilities recognised in the financial statements for the 
subsidiary share purchase options relating to the remaining shares in The Stable Pizza & Cider Limited 
and Nectar Imports Limited. The Committee was satisfied with the approach presented by management 
and the judgements made in the calculation of the potential option liabilities.

The Committee considered the fair values of the assets and liabilities recognised in the financial 
statements on the acquisition of The Dark Star Brewing Company Limited. The Committee was satisfied 
with the approach presented by management and the judgements made in the calculation of the fair 
values of the assets and liabilities, including the value of the acquired brand.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS44

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT continued

The Chairman of the Audit Committee 
encourages comprehensive debate and scrutiny 
of management’s and auditors’ reports by the 
Committee members. She also meets with the 
manager responsible for internal audits, the 
external Audit Partner and the Finance Director 
outside of Audit Committee meetings to give 
them the opportunity to raise any concerns they 
may have about their work or their roles and to 
provide advice and support as required. 

The Audit Committee’s responsibilities are 
outlined in the Committee’s terms of reference 
which were updated and approved by the Board 
in September 2017. These cover all those matters 
required by the Code. The terms of reference  
are available on the Company’s website. The 
Committee has a meeting planner which sets  
out the key items to be covered at its regular 
meetings which include reviewing the financial 
statements and announcements, monitoring 
changes in accounting practices and policies and 
reviewing decisions with a significant element of 
judgement. In addition, the Audit Committee 
is responsible for ensuring that the Company’s 
risk monitoring programme, internal audit 
processes and regulatory compliance are 
appropriate. At all meetings an update on risk 
management is presented. The Chairman of the 
Committee encourages debate and discussion 
of topical issues outside of the routine agenda 
items and ensures that such discussions are held 
at least twice a year. The Audit Committee has 
responsibility for the oversight of the external 
audit function. At the request of the Board, 
the Audit Committee provides confirmation 
to the Board as to how it has discharged its 
responsibilities so that the Board can be satisfied 
that information presented in the Annual Report 
is fair, balanced and understandable. 

During its review of the Group’s financial 
statements for the period to 31 March 2018, 
the Audit Committee has reviewed the key 
judgements applied in the preparation of the 
consolidated financial statements, including 
those communicated by the auditors during their 
reporting. These are described in the accounting 
policies detailed in note 1 of the financial 
statements. The Board was made fully aware of 
any significant financial reporting issues and 
judgements made in connection with the 
preparation of the financial statements. 

The Audit Committee has a primary 
responsibility for making recommendations to 
the Board on the re-appointment and removal of 
external auditors. The Company put the role of 
the auditors to tender during 2013 and following 
tenders from three firms for audit services, the 
decision to appoint Grant Thornton UK LLP  
was made. The Company’s year ended 31 March 
2018 was the fifth of a five-year maximum term 
that the current Audit Partner has been in the 
role for the Company. A new Audit Partner from 
Grant Thornton has been appointed.

The key issues and judgements considered 
by the Audit Committee are detailed in the 
accompanying table. The presentation of 
financial information within the Annual 
Report was also discussed given the financial 
statements are for the 52 weeks to 31 March 
2018, compared to 53 weeks ended 1 April 2017.

The Audit Committee assessed the going 
concern and viability reviews undertaken by 
management as detailed in the Financial Review 
on page 23. The Committee was satisfied with 
the approach presented by management and the 
judgements made in the estimation of future 
cash flows.

Other items discussed in the year included 
the Company’s risk management process, of 
selected individual risks from the risk register,  
the internal audit work completed during the 
year and progress on actions arising from both 
risk management and internal audits. The 
Group’s tax strategy and tax risk management 
governance processes were also reviewed and 
approved in advance of review and approval 
by the Board. In addition, the Committee 
considered the implications for the Company 
of the forthcoming application of IFRS16 in 
relation to lease accounting.

There is in place a whistle blowing policy, 
which is overseen by the Audit Committee, 
and which allows staff to raise any concerns in 
confidence, directly with the Chairman of the 
Audit Committee. Posters reminding staff about 
the existence of the policy and how it may be 
used are reissued annually in order to maintain 
a good awareness of the whistle blowing 
arrangements throughout the Company. 

The effectiveness of the Committee formed part 
of the Board evaluation process described above.

The Directors’ statement on the Company’s 
system of internal controls is set out on  
page 45.

Accountability
Auditors
The Committee is happy for the Board to 
recommend to shareholders the re-election 
of Grant Thornton UK LLP who were appointed 
in September 2013 following a formal tender 
process. Their effectiveness will be formally 
reviewed by the Committee at the September 
2018 meeting, although there are no issues of 
concern with their performance to date.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.45

The Group’s auditors may from time to time 
provide non-audit services to the Company. In 
2018, the fees paid to Grant Thornton UK LLP 
for audit services were £125,000 (including 
£30,000 for the audit of subsidiaries), for audit 
related services were £1,000, other assurance 
services of £15,000 and for non-audit related 
services were £1,515. The Committee imposes an 
upper limit of £50,000 per annum on the 
amount that the finance team can spend with the 
auditors for non-audit items without specific 
approval from the Committee. It is Group policy 
to seek quotations from multiple providers for 
significant non-audit services and only to appoint 
the provider (which could then be the Auditors)  
that offers the best combination of price and 
expertise. The non-audit services were provided 
in the year by a team independent of those 
providing audit services.

Internal Control and Risk Management
The Board has overall responsibility for the 
Group’s system of internal control and 
management of risks and reviewing its 
effectiveness. The system is designed to provide 
reasonable but not absolute assurance of:

•  The mitigation of risks which might cause the 

failure of business objectives

•  No material misstatements or losses
•  The safeguarding of assets against 
unauthorised use or disposition

•  The maintenance of proper accounting records 
and the reliability of financial information used 
within the business or for publication

•  Compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

The business maintains business continuity plans, 
and exercises these plans on an annual basis.

Management within the Finance Department 
are responsible for the appropriate maintenance 
of financial records and processes that ensure 
that all financial information is relevant, reliable, 
in accordance with the applicable laws and 
regulations, and distributed both internally and 
externally in a timely manner. A review of the 
financial statements is completed by management 
to ensure that the financial position and results of 
the Group are appropriately reflected. All financial 
information published by the Group is subject to 
the review of the Audit Committee.

The Board has reviewed the effectiveness of 
the Group’s system of internal control which 
has also been discussed in detail by the Audit 
Committee, including taking account of material 
developments since the year end. The review 
covers all material controls including financial  
and operational controls, compliance and risk 
management systems. Where weaknesses are 
identified, actions to address them are agreed. 

The Board has procedures in place necessary 
to follow the Financial Reporting Council’s 
“Guidance on Risk Management, Internal 
Controls, and related financial and business 
reporting” . The Group Risk Manager co-
ordinates this process by leading regular risk 
assessment workshops in which new risks are 
identified and added to the risk register, and 
existing risks re-evaluated by the risk owners. 
Regular meetings, chaired by the Executive 
Directors, are held in addition to the workshops 
in order to assess the effectiveness of the 
controls that are in place, identify new risks 
and review existing risk mitigation plans. 

Key elements of the system of internal 
control designed to address significant risks 
and uncertainties, as documented on pages 25 
and 27, include:

•  Clearly defined levels of responsibility and 
delegation throughout the Group, together 
with well-structured reporting lines up to 
the Board

•  The preparation of comprehensive annual 

budgets for each division, including 
commentary on key business opportunities 
and risks, approved by the Executive Directors 
and further reviewed by the Board on a 
consolidated basis

•  An Executive Committee review of actual 

monthly results against budget, together with 
commentary on significant variances and 
updates of both profit and cash flow 
expectations for the year

•  A detailed investment approval process 
requiring Board authorisation for all  
major projects

•  Detailed post-implementation appraisals 
of major capital expenditure projects

•  Regular reporting of legal and accounting 

developments to the Board

•  Regular review of the Group’s risk register and 
discussion of significant risks by the Board and 
Audit Committee, which among other things 
takes account of the significance of 
environmental, social and governance matters 
to the business

•  Monitoring of accident statistics and the 

results of health and safety audits

•  Maintenance of an ISO 900 certified quality 

control system.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS46

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT continued

The Group does not have a formal internal 
audit function and, after review by the Audit 
Committee and the Board, the Board has 
confirmed that it believes that the existing 
arrangements for internal audit remain 
appropriate. Management may from time to time 
augment the internal resource for these audits 
with specialist external resources. The Group 
carries out internal audits on financial areas 
according to a programme agreed between the 
Audit Committee and the Finance Director and 
with input from the other Executive Directors 
and the external auditors as appropriate. The 
audits are co-ordinated by an experienced senior 
member of the finance team and are undertaken 
by other members of the finance team; in  
each case the person undertaking the audit is 
independent of the area which is the subject  
of the audit. The internal audit reports, the 
management responses and the recommended 
actions are presented in summary form to the 
Audit Committee on a regular basis. There are 
also in place procedures to ensure recommended 
actions are implemented. During the year, 
audits were performed on the Fuller’s Inns cash 
procedures and the processes surrounding the 
capitalisation of assets within The Fuller’s 
Beer Company.

In addition, the Group employs a team of retail 
business auditors who monitor the controls in 
place in the Managed Pub estate and The Stable, 
in particular those over stock and cash. This team 
reports directly to the Fuller’s Inns Financial 
Controller but their Manager attends Audit 
Committee meetings twice a year to discuss 
the progress his team is making and the issues 
they are dealing with.

Relations with Shareholders
The Company has an ongoing programme 
of individual meetings with institutional 
shareholders, allowing it to update shareholders 
on the performance of the business and the 
strategy for the future, and to give shareholders 
an opportunity to discuss corporate governance 
matters. The Company’s brokers contact key 
shareholders to establish if they would like to 
see the Chief Executive and Finance Director 
in the days following their presentation to the 
City on the preliminary and half year results. The 
Chairman, Richard Fuller and Sir James Fuller 
are the key contacts with the Company’s family 
shareholders and Sir James Fuller has a specific 

role to keep in touch with those shareholders. 
The Senior Independent Director and the other 
Non-Executive Directors are all willing to attend 
meetings with shareholders or to be contacted 
by shareholders should they have any concerns 
which have not been resolved through the normal 
channels. The Non-Executive Directors have had 
no such requests during the last financial year. 
All Board members receive feedback from 
the City presentations and meetings with 
shareholders, thus keeping them in touch 
with shareholder opinion.

The Board supports the use of the Annual 
General Meeting to communicate, in particular, 
with private investors, and the Chairman and 
Chief Executive make a detailed presentation to 
shareholders updating them on the Company’s 
performance and progress. The Public Relations 
team also attends the Annual General Meeting 
and provides further information to shareholders 
about the Company through photo boards 
featuring pub and product information. The 
Board is keen to encourage institutional investors 
to attend the meeting, in line with the duties set 
out in the Stewardship Code for institutional 
shareholders as amended in September 2012. 
Should they have concerns over any issues being 
voted upon at the Annual General Meeting, they 
can then meet all the Directors and discuss them 
in person, particularly if they have declined 
an invitation for an individual meeting. The 
Chairman arranges for the Chairman of each  
of the Company’s Board Committees to  
answer relevant questions at the meeting 
and encourages all Directors to be present.

By order of the Board

Séverine Béquin
Company Secretary

7 June 2018

Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.  
Griffin Brewery 
Chiswick Lane South 
London W4 2QB

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

47

When setting the Remuneration Policy, the 
Committee considered the Group’s performance 
on environmental, social and governance 
matters. The Committee does not believe  
that the existing incentive structure raises any 
environmental, governance or social risks by 
inadvertently motivating irresponsible behaviour.

The Committee believes that the Remuneration 
Policy is consistent with its risk management 
policy in that existing remuneration structures  
do not encourage management to take 
inappropriate risks to achieve targets. It is  
felt that there is a very low risk of short-term 
decisions being taken to drive annual bonus 
pay-outs and the focus is very much based on  
a long-term remuneration model, delivering value 
through the Company’s various share plans.

Overleaf are the various elements of the 
Directors’ remuneration and the different 
performance conditions that apply to them.

Report on Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
This policy, approved by shareholders at the 
Annual General Meeting held on 25 July 2017, 
was prepared in compliance with Part 4 of 
Schedule 8 to the Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
(Amendment) Regulations 2013. The Company 
intends to make all future payments to its 
Directors consistent with this policy for the three 
years following the date of approval of the policy 
unless amended by the shareholders at an 
intervening general meeting.

The Remuneration Policy is designed to support 
the Company’s business strategy of creating 
shareholder value and increasing earnings  
per share (“EPS”) in the longer term for its 
shareholders. In order to do so it must attract, 
retain and motivate high calibre Executive 
Directors. The policy is therefore to provide 
competitive packages for the Executives, through 
reflecting the Group’s performance against 
financial objectives and rewarding above-average 
performance. Accordingly, the key elements are:

•  A significant proportion of performance-

related pay that rewards Executives in line with 
Company performance and strongly aligns 
their interests with those of shareholders

•  Personal bonus targets for operational 
Directors that focus on delivery of the 
strategic drivers for growth in the Company’s 
business strategy

•  Base pay that rewards above-average 
performance and remains competitive

•  A competitive range of benefits 
•  Participation in a range of share schemes 
including a long-term incentive plan.

Statement of the Remuneration  
Committee Chairman
Dear Shareholder 

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present 
the Remuneration Report for the 52 weeks 
ended 31 March 2018. 

The report follows last year’s presentation  
in two separate sections. The first covers the 
Company’s Remuneration Policy for all of its 
Board Directors (set out on pages 34 and 35)  
as approved by shareholders initially at the 2014 
Annual General Meeting for a period of three 
years and reapproved at last year’s Annual 
General Meeting for another three-year period. 
It is designed to explain to shareholders how that 
policy supports the Company’s strategy. There 
are no changes being proposed to the policy and 
there have been no payments made outside of 
the approved policy in the reporting period. 

The second part of the report shows you the 
detail of how the policy was applied in the last 
financial year. That part of the report will be 
subject to your approval in the same way as it  
is every year.

Whilst there has not been any change to 
remuneration during the financial year and 
therefore we have not engaged with 
shareholders, like my predecessor Alastair Kerr,  
I would be happy to receive any comments you 
may have on this report. I hope that you find  
the report clear and comprehensive and that  
it helps demonstrate how the remuneration  
of your Directors is very much linked to the 
performance of your Company, and that you are 
able to support the resolutions on remuneration 
being presented to you at this year’s Annual 
General Meeting. 

John Dunsmore
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

7 June 2018

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS48

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

Executive Directors (“Executives”)

Element

Base Salary

Purpose – how the element supports  
the short and long term strategic  
objectives of the Company

Operation

To recruit, retain and reward high calibre 
Executives to deliver the Company’s strategy.  
The salary will reflect each role, the importance  
of that role to the business and the experience  
the individual brings to it.

The Committee sets the base salary and this is reviewed taking into account 
inflation, individual and corporate performance.
From time to time, advisors are commissioned to obtain benchmarking data 
for companies in the sector and/or of a similar size, to check market positioning.

Benefits

To recruit and retain Executives by providing 
competitive benefits which also protect Executives 
and provide preventative care for them. 

Annual Bonus

To incentivise Executives to deliver performance 
in line with the Group strategy and to align their 
interests with those of shareholders.

The Company offers Executives a range of benefits which include:
•  Car allowance
•  Paid holidays
•  Life assurance
•  Private medical insurance
•  Product allowance 
•  A private account which allows the purchase of goods at cost price 

plus VAT 

•  Subscriptions to professional bodies or other relevant organisations
•  Regular medical check-ups
•  Permanent health insurance.

Bonus targets are set annually in relation to the profit achieved by The 
Fuller’s Beer Company, Fuller’s Inns and the Group. The performance 
measures are weighted dependent on the responsibilities of each Executive 
and are designed to be stretching. 
The target for the bonus includes the cost of the bonus itself. 

Opportunity

Performance measures and reason for selection

and clawback (if any)

Annual salary reviews take effect from 1 June in any year.  

The Committee expects to target salaries around the median  

to upper quartile of similar-sized businesses.

Not applicable.

The benefits offered are those typically offered at this level.  

Not applicable.

Car allowances are reviewed every January. Product allowances 

are reviewed from time to time but not typically increased every 

year. The cost of providing the insurance products varies from 

year to year. 

Change in period and provisions for malus 

Executive salaries were increased  

by between 1.03% and 11.11% in  

June 2017.

The benefit is unchanged but the cost 

of insurance products varies from 

year to year.

The maximum pay-out under the bonus scheme is 75% of salary. 

The actual performance measures are linked to 

New bonus targets were agreed  

No pay-out would be made if the minimum threshold on the 

the EPS and profit targets contained in the 

in May 2018 for the financial year 

bonus target schedules is not achieved. If profits have declined 

Group budget for Fuller’s Inns and The Fuller’s 

2018/2019 subject to the bonus  

to a specified degree in the year bonuses are due to be paid, the 

Committee will assess the performance of the Group relative 

Beer Company. Current and previous targets 

are considered commercially confidential and 

to a selected peer group. Payments will only be authorised if the 

will not be published. These targets have been 

Group has performed better than the average of the peer group 

selected as the Committee believes they 

and where the Group’s performance represents outperformance.

reward Executives in line with Company 

rules which include malus and 

clawback provisions.

performance and strongly align their interests 

with those of shareholders.

Share Options

Executive  
Share Option 
Scheme (“ESOS”)

Senior Executive  
Share Scheme 
(“SESOS”)

Savings Related 
Share Option 
Scheme (“SAYE 
Scheme”)

Share Incentive Plan 
(“SIP”)

To align the interests of Executives with those  
of shareholders. 

A tax-advantaged executive share option scheme under which options may 
be granted to Executives periodically up to a maximum total value set by 
HM Revenue & Customs. Once options have vested, they must be exercised 
before the tenth anniversary of grant.

Executives may be issued and hold share options up to the 

current maximum value set by HMRC of £30,000 at any  

one time.

ESOS options vest when growth in EPS 

adjusted principally to exclude separately 

disclosed items (“Adjusted EPS”) exceeds 

growth in the retail price index by at least 9% 

over the three year performance period. The 

Committee is authorised to make appropriate 

amendments to Adjusted EPS.

No change.

The current scheme approved by 

shareholders in 2008 expires this 

year and shareholders will be invited 

to approve a new scheme on 

substantially the same terms.

A non-tax-advantaged executive share option scheme under which options 
were granted to Executives but which has now expired.

The maximum benefit granted to Executives under the SESOS 

SESOS options vest at 40% (minimum) when 

No change.

was 20% of salary per annum.

growth in Adjusted EPS exceeds growth in RPI 

The last set of options granted under 

by at least 9% over the three year performance 

this scheme in 2013 vested in 2016.

period. Maximum vesting (100% of grant) 

occurs when growth in Adjusted EPS exceeds 

inflation by 21% over the three year period.  

The performance targets and restrictions are 

considered to be a realistic test of management 

performance and were chosen because they  

are consistent with corporate profit growth 

objectives and ensure that options only become 

exercisable against the background of a 

sustained real increase in the financial 

performance of the Group.

All employees of Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. are eligible under this 
tax-advantaged scheme to receive options to subscribe for 40p ‘A’ ordinary 
shares at a discount of 20% on the prevailing market price at the time of the 
grant having entered into a three or five-year savings contract for the 
exercise price.

All employees of Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. with at least 5 months’ service 
as at 15 May each year are eligible under this tax-advantaged scheme to 
receive free 40p ‘A’ ordinary shares in June of that year. Shares are held by 
the SIP Trustees for a minimum of three years and a maximum of five years 
before being available to be passed to participants.

Under the SAYE Scheme rules eligible employees may agree  

None. There is no requirement for 

No change.

performance targets in SAYE schemes.

to save up to £500 per month over a period of three or five 

years and then purchase shares within six months of the end  

of the term. 

An equal number of shares are awarded to each eligible 

employee. The maximum value of the shares allowable  

under the Scheme is £3,000 in any one year.

None. There is no requirement for 

performance targets in SIPs.

The basis of the award was changed 

with effect from the 2018 award so 

that all eligible employees receive  

the same number of shares.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.Executive Directors (“Executives”)

Element

Base Salary

Purpose – how the element supports  

the short and long term strategic  

objectives of the Company

Operation

To recruit, retain and reward high calibre 

Executives to deliver the Company’s strategy.  

The salary will reflect each role, the importance  

of that role to the business and the experience  

the individual brings to it.

The Committee sets the base salary and this is reviewed taking into account 

inflation, individual and corporate performance.

From time to time, advisors are commissioned to obtain benchmarking data 

for companies in the sector and/or of a similar size, to check market positioning.

Benefits

To recruit and retain Executives by providing 

The Company offers Executives a range of benefits which include:

competitive benefits which also protect Executives 

and provide preventative care for them. 

•  Car allowance

•  Paid holidays

•  Life assurance

•  Private medical insurance

•  Product allowance 

plus VAT 

•  Regular medical check-ups

•  Permanent health insurance.

•  A private account which allows the purchase of goods at cost price 

•  Subscriptions to professional bodies or other relevant organisations

Annual Bonus

To incentivise Executives to deliver performance 

in line with the Group strategy and to align their 

Bonus targets are set annually in relation to the profit achieved by The 

Fuller’s Beer Company, Fuller’s Inns and the Group. The performance 

interests with those of shareholders.

measures are weighted dependent on the responsibilities of each Executive 

and are designed to be stretching. 

The target for the bonus includes the cost of the bonus itself. 

Share Options

Executive  

Share Option 

Scheme (“ESOS”)

of shareholders. 

To align the interests of Executives with those  

A tax-advantaged executive share option scheme under which options may 

be granted to Executives periodically up to a maximum total value set by 

HM Revenue & Customs. Once options have vested, they must be exercised 

before the tenth anniversary of grant.

49

Opportunity

Performance measures and reason for selection

Annual salary reviews take effect from 1 June in any year.  
The Committee expects to target salaries around the median  
to upper quartile of similar-sized businesses.

Not applicable.

The benefits offered are those typically offered at this level.  
Car allowances are reviewed every January. Product allowances 
are reviewed from time to time but not typically increased every 
year. The cost of providing the insurance products varies from 
year to year. 

Not applicable.

Change in period and provisions for malus 
and clawback (if any)

Executive salaries were increased  
by between 1.03% and 11.11% in  
June 2017.

The benefit is unchanged but the cost 
of insurance products varies from 
year to year.

The maximum pay-out under the bonus scheme is 75% of salary. 
No pay-out would be made if the minimum threshold on the 
bonus target schedules is not achieved. If profits have declined 
to a specified degree in the year bonuses are due to be paid, the 
Committee will assess the performance of the Group relative 
to a selected peer group. Payments will only be authorised if the 
Group has performed better than the average of the peer group 
and where the Group’s performance represents outperformance.

Executives may be issued and hold share options up to the 
current maximum value set by HMRC of £30,000 at any  
one time.

A non-tax-advantaged executive share option scheme under which options 

were granted to Executives but which has now expired.

The maximum benefit granted to Executives under the SESOS 
was 20% of salary per annum.

New bonus targets were agreed  
in May 2018 for the financial year 
2018/2019 subject to the bonus  
rules which include malus and 
clawback provisions.

No change.
The current scheme approved by 
shareholders in 2008 expires this 
year and shareholders will be invited 
to approve a new scheme on 
substantially the same terms.

No change.
The last set of options granted under 
this scheme in 2013 vested in 2016.

The actual performance measures are linked to 
the EPS and profit targets contained in the 
Group budget for Fuller’s Inns and The Fuller’s 
Beer Company. Current and previous targets 
are considered commercially confidential and 
will not be published. These targets have been 
selected as the Committee believes they 
reward Executives in line with Company 
performance and strongly align their interests 
with those of shareholders.

ESOS options vest when growth in EPS 
adjusted principally to exclude separately 
disclosed items (“Adjusted EPS”) exceeds 
growth in the retail price index by at least 9% 
over the three year performance period. The 
Committee is authorised to make appropriate 
amendments to Adjusted EPS.

SESOS options vest at 40% (minimum) when 
growth in Adjusted EPS exceeds growth in RPI 
by at least 9% over the three year performance 
period. Maximum vesting (100% of grant) 
occurs when growth in Adjusted EPS exceeds 
inflation by 21% over the three year period.  
The performance targets and restrictions are 
considered to be a realistic test of management 
performance and were chosen because they  
are consistent with corporate profit growth 
objectives and ensure that options only become 
exercisable against the background of a 
sustained real increase in the financial 
performance of the Group.

All employees of Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. are eligible under this 

tax-advantaged scheme to receive options to subscribe for 40p ‘A’ ordinary 

shares at a discount of 20% on the prevailing market price at the time of the 

grant having entered into a three or five-year savings contract for the 

exercise price.

All employees of Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. with at least 5 months’ service 

as at 15 May each year are eligible under this tax-advantaged scheme to 

receive free 40p ‘A’ ordinary shares in June of that year. Shares are held by 

the SIP Trustees for a minimum of three years and a maximum of five years 

before being available to be passed to participants.

Under the SAYE Scheme rules eligible employees may agree  
to save up to £500 per month over a period of three or five 
years and then purchase shares within six months of the end  
of the term. 

None. There is no requirement for 
performance targets in SAYE schemes.

No change.

An equal number of shares are awarded to each eligible 
employee. The maximum value of the shares allowable  
under the Scheme is £3,000 in any one year.

None. There is no requirement for 
performance targets in SIPs.

The basis of the award was changed 
with effect from the 2018 award so 
that all eligible employees receive  
the same number of shares.

Senior Executive  

Share Scheme 

(“SESOS”)

Savings Related 

Share Option 

Scheme (“SAYE 

Scheme”)

Share Incentive Plan 

(“SIP”)

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS50

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

Executive Directors (“Executives”) continued

Element

Purpose – how the element supports  
the short and long term strategic  
objectives of the Company

Long-Term Incentive  
Plan (LTIP)

To reward the efforts of Executives in line with  
the Company’s objective of creating shareholder 
value and increasing EPS in the longer term.

Operation

Opportunity

Performance measures and reason for selection

and clawback (if any)

The rules of the LTIP allow for discretionary annual awards of ‘A’ (listed),  
and ‘B’ and ‘C’ (unlisted) ordinary shares. Grants are calculated by reference 
to the middle market quotation at close the day before. In all cases shares  
will vest, subject to performance criteria being attained, within 72 days of  
the publication of results for the last financial year in the performance  
period. The Remuneration Committee determines whether the Adjusted 
EPS performance condition has been met using the EPS information  
which is published in the Group’s Annual Report and Accounts. BDO LLP 
confirms the level of vesting of awards based on EPS calculations provided  
by the Group.

The maximum value of shares for which an award may be  

made to an Executive in any financial year is 110% of salary  

and will vary depending on seniority. Actual vesting will  

depend on how well the Company performs against the  

LTIP’s performance conditions.

Pension

To provide Directors with long-term pension 
provisions on a competitive basis. 

The Company operates a variety of pension benefits. Executives are  
either deferred members of the defined benefit Company pension plan –  
now closed to future accruals – or the Company’s defined contribution 
stakeholder pension plan, or receive a salary supplement or a mixture  
of these. Further details are available on page 58 of this report.

Defined benefit Company pension plan Main section: Until 

Not applicable.

No change.

Malus and Clawback The malus and clawback provisions act as a 
disincentive to overstate the metrics that 
determine the rewards the Executive  
Directors receive.

These provisions enable the Committee not to pay bonuses or allow LTIP 
awards to vest where misconduct occurs during the relevant financial  
year or before a bonus is paid or an LTIP award vests. They also enable the 
Committee to recover bonuses or awards where it is discovered that the 
Company materially misstated its results for the last whole financial year or  
a material error was made in assessing the relevant performance conditions.

Non-Executive Directors

Basic and Additional 
Fees

To attract and retain high-calibre Non-Executive 
Directors by offering market competitive fee levels 
that recognise the time that the Non-Executive 
Directors commit to their various roles.

Benefits

To encourage Non-Executive Directors to keep  
up to date with the Company’s product range and 
to reimburse expenses.

The fees paid to the Chairman are determined by the Remuneration 
Committee.
The fees paid to the other Non-Executive Directors are determined by the 
Chairman and the Executive Committee. Fees may be paid for specific duties 
such as the fee paid to Sir James Fuller for his work in liaising with family 
shareholders. Non-Executive Directors do not participate in bonus schemes, 
share options or long term incentive plans. None of the Non-Executive 
Directors are members of any Group pension scheme, with the exception  
of Michael Turner, who is a pensioner of the Directors section of the defined  
benefit Company pension plan. 

Non-Executive Directors receive a modest product allowance and are 
entitled to buy additional products at cost plus VAT. They are reimbursed for 
travel and other business related expenses. The Chairman, Michael Turner, 
also benefits from life insurance cover and private medical insurance.

Change in period and provisions for malus 

No change.

The current scheme approved by 

shareholders in 2008 expires this 

year and shareholders will be invited 

to approve a new scheme on 

substantially the same terms.

To assess the awards, the average growth in 

Adjusted EPS is compared with the growth in 

inflation over the performance period. The 

performance period covers three financial 

years starting from the start of the financial 

year in which the award is made. No vesting 

occurs if the Adjusted EPS growth fails to 

exceed the RPI by at least 9%. 40% of the 

award vests if the target is hit and there is a 

sliding scale above that point. For 100% of an 

award of shares to vest, growth in Adjusted EPS 

needs to exceed the growth in RPI by 24% or 

more over the period. The Committee feels 

that since underlying long-term freehold 

property growth is not being included in the 

calculation, 9% over inflation is a testing target, 

and one that merits a 40% vesting level. The 

Committee further believes that the 40% 

vesting threshold at 9% in excess of inflation  

is triggering vesting at a value that is still below 

that being employed by many other companies 

and that it is the value of the vest that should  

be considered and not the percentage. Please 

see the graph on page 54 for further details.

closure, accrued at 1.7% of basic salary less lower earnings limit 

(up to a pensions cap) per year of service. Additional salary 

supplement of 17.5% paid over the earnings cap. This applied 

only to Simon Emeny. Defined benefit Company pension plan 

Directors’ section: Richard Fuller withdrew from this scheme  

on 31 March 2015 and now receives a salary supplement of 

17.5% of his salary for use in his retirement planning. Pension 

contributions: For the other Executives the Company will 

contribute a total of 17.5% of the Executive’s salary to the 

defined contribution Company pension plan and/or their 

nominated pension scheme or pay a salary supplement for  

them to use as part of their retirement planning subject to  

the Executive making a net contribution of 8% themselves. 

The malus and clawback principles apply to bonuses paid from 

Not applicable.

2015 onwards and LTIP awards made from June 2014 onwards.

No change.

All Non-Executive Directors receive a basic fee. The Senior 

There are no specific measures set but 

Independent Director receives a fee for that role and there are 

appraisals are carried out as explained in the 

The fees were reviewed in January 

2018 as they had last been reviewed 

additional fees for chairing and being a member of the Audit  

Corporate Governance Report on pages 40  

in January 2015.

and Remuneration Committees and other specific roles. 

Non-Executive Directors’ fees are not usually reviewed every 

year but at periods of two to three years when market data on 

to 46.

the level of fees is consulted.

The basic fee increased by 9.8%. The 

fee for the role of Senior Independent 

Director increased by 11.1% bringing it 

in line with the fee for chairmanship 

of the Audit Committee.

Product allowances are reviewed from time to time but not 

Not applicable.

None.

typically increased every year.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.Element

Purpose – how the element supports  

the short and long term strategic  

objectives of the Company

Operation

Long-Term Incentive  

To reward the efforts of Executives in line with  

The rules of the LTIP allow for discretionary annual awards of ‘A’ (listed),  

Plan (LTIP)

the Company’s objective of creating shareholder 

and ‘B’ and ‘C’ (unlisted) ordinary shares. Grants are calculated by reference 

value and increasing EPS in the longer term.

to the middle market quotation at close the day before. In all cases shares  

will vest, subject to performance criteria being attained, within 72 days of  

the publication of results for the last financial year in the performance  

period. The Remuneration Committee determines whether the Adjusted 

EPS performance condition has been met using the EPS information  

which is published in the Group’s Annual Report and Accounts. BDO LLP 

confirms the level of vesting of awards based on EPS calculations provided  

by the Group.

Opportunity

The maximum value of shares for which an award may be  
made to an Executive in any financial year is 110% of salary  
and will vary depending on seniority. Actual vesting will  
depend on how well the Company performs against the  
LTIP’s performance conditions.

51

Change in period and provisions for malus 
and clawback (if any)

No change.
The current scheme approved by 
shareholders in 2008 expires this 
year and shareholders will be invited 
to approve a new scheme on 
substantially the same terms.

Performance measures and reason for selection

To assess the awards, the average growth in 
Adjusted EPS is compared with the growth in 
inflation over the performance period. The 
performance period covers three financial 
years starting from the start of the financial 
year in which the award is made. No vesting 
occurs if the Adjusted EPS growth fails to 
exceed the RPI by at least 9%. 40% of the 
award vests if the target is hit and there is a 
sliding scale above that point. For 100% of an 
award of shares to vest, growth in Adjusted EPS 
needs to exceed the growth in RPI by 24% or 
more over the period. The Committee feels 
that since underlying long-term freehold 
property growth is not being included in the 
calculation, 9% over inflation is a testing target, 
and one that merits a 40% vesting level. The 
Committee further believes that the 40% 
vesting threshold at 9% in excess of inflation  
is triggering vesting at a value that is still below 
that being employed by many other companies 
and that it is the value of the vest that should  
be considered and not the percentage. Please 
see the graph on page 54 for further details.

Pension

To provide Directors with long-term pension 

The Company operates a variety of pension benefits. Executives are  

provisions on a competitive basis. 

either deferred members of the defined benefit Company pension plan –  

now closed to future accruals – or the Company’s defined contribution 

stakeholder pension plan, or receive a salary supplement or a mixture  

of these. Further details are available on page 58 of this report.

Malus and Clawback The malus and clawback provisions act as a 

disincentive to overstate the metrics that 

determine the rewards the Executive  

Directors receive.

These provisions enable the Committee not to pay bonuses or allow LTIP 

awards to vest where misconduct occurs during the relevant financial  

year or before a bonus is paid or an LTIP award vests. They also enable the 

Committee to recover bonuses or awards where it is discovered that the 

Company materially misstated its results for the last whole financial year or  

a material error was made in assessing the relevant performance conditions.

Non-Executive Directors

Basic and Additional 

To attract and retain high-calibre Non-Executive 

The fees paid to the Chairman are determined by the Remuneration 

Fees

Directors by offering market competitive fee levels 

Committee.

that recognise the time that the Non-Executive 

The fees paid to the other Non-Executive Directors are determined by the 

Directors commit to their various roles.

Chairman and the Executive Committee. Fees may be paid for specific duties 

such as the fee paid to Sir James Fuller for his work in liaising with family 

shareholders. Non-Executive Directors do not participate in bonus schemes, 

share options or long term incentive plans. None of the Non-Executive 

Directors are members of any Group pension scheme, with the exception  

of Michael Turner, who is a pensioner of the Directors section of the defined  

benefit Company pension plan. 

Not applicable.

No change.

Defined benefit Company pension plan Main section: Until 
closure, accrued at 1.7% of basic salary less lower earnings limit 
(up to a pensions cap) per year of service. Additional salary 
supplement of 17.5% paid over the earnings cap. This applied 
only to Simon Emeny. Defined benefit Company pension plan 
Directors’ section: Richard Fuller withdrew from this scheme  
on 31 March 2015 and now receives a salary supplement of 
17.5% of his salary for use in his retirement planning. Pension 
contributions: For the other Executives the Company will 
contribute a total of 17.5% of the Executive’s salary to the 
defined contribution Company pension plan and/or their 
nominated pension scheme or pay a salary supplement for  
them to use as part of their retirement planning subject to  
the Executive making a net contribution of 8% themselves. 

The malus and clawback principles apply to bonuses paid from 
2015 onwards and LTIP awards made from June 2014 onwards.

Not applicable.

No change.

All Non-Executive Directors receive a basic fee. The Senior 
Independent Director receives a fee for that role and there are 
additional fees for chairing and being a member of the Audit  
and Remuneration Committees and other specific roles. 
Non-Executive Directors’ fees are not usually reviewed every 
year but at periods of two to three years when market data on 
the level of fees is consulted.

There are no specific measures set but 
appraisals are carried out as explained in the 
Corporate Governance Report on pages 40  
to 46.

The fees were reviewed in January 
2018 as they had last been reviewed 
in January 2015.
The basic fee increased by 9.8%. The 
fee for the role of Senior Independent 
Director increased by 11.1% bringing it 
in line with the fee for chairmanship 
of the Audit Committee.

Benefits

To encourage Non-Executive Directors to keep  

Non-Executive Directors receive a modest product allowance and are 

up to date with the Company’s product range and 

entitled to buy additional products at cost plus VAT. They are reimbursed for 

Product allowances are reviewed from time to time but not 
typically increased every year.

Not applicable.

None.

to reimburse expenses.

travel and other business related expenses. The Chairman, Michael Turner, 

also benefits from life insurance cover and private medical insurance.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS52

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

Consideration of Employment Conditions Elsewhere in the Company
The Committee is advised of the proposed annual pay review for staff in advance of them considering the proposed pay reviews for Directors, so that this 
can be taken into account when determining Directors’ remuneration for the relevant financial year. Salary increases will ordinarily be (in percentage 
terms) in line with those of the wider workforce, and significant variances would only be expected where there had been a significant change in an 
individual’s responsibilities or a market review had been conducted which suggested that an individual’s salary was no longer competitive, or where the 
Committee wanted to take account of an individual’s performance or experience. The Committee would also be advised if there were any other key changes 
to the terms and conditions on which staff are employed. 

Consideration of Employee Views
The Committee does not formally consult directly with employees on executive pay or in drawing up the Remuneration Policy but does receive periodic 
updates from the People Director. Share ownership amongst the Company’s employees is encouraged through the SAYE Scheme and SIP. These 
tax-advantaged schemes allow employees to participate as shareholders and align their interests with those of the shareholders.

Consideration of Shareholder Views
Shareholder views are sought when there is any significant change to Directors’ remuneration. Should shareholders have any concerns about the Remuneration 
Policy, the Committee Chairman would endeavour to meet with them, as appropriate, to understand and respond to any issues they may have.

Discretion Employed by the Committee 
The Committee will operate the annual bonus, the LTIP, the ESOS and SESOS in accordance with their applicable rules and in accordance with the Listing 
and Disclosure Rules where relevant. The Committee retains discretion, consistent with market practice, in a number of regards to the operation and 
administration of these schemes. These include, but are not limited to, routine matters such as who participates in them, the timing of awards and vests,  
the size of awards/pay-outs, the determination of vesting, and the setting and application of targets. Other non-routine matters where the Committee  
may need to use its discretion include, but are not limited to, making adjustments to targets and/or pay-outs when there has been a change in accounting 
policy, making adjustments required when dealing with a change of control or restructuring of the Group, determination of the treatment of leavers and 
adjustments required in certain circumstances such as rights issues and corporate restructuring events. Any use of the above discretions would, where 
relevant, be explained in the Annual Remuneration Report and may, as appropriate, be the subject of consultation with the Company’s major shareholders.

Illustration of the Application of the Remuneration Policy
A significant proportion of remuneration is linked to performance, particularly at maximum performance levels. The following charts demonstrate the key 
elements of the remuneration package for the Executives under the Remuneration Policy for the year ending 30 March 2019:

Chief Executive Officer 
£000

Finance Director 
£000

Managing Director – The Fuller’s Beer Company 
£000

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

1,244

34%

26%

1,032

32%

19%

505

100%

49%

41%

Minimum

In line with 
expectation

Maximum

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

734

32%

18%

369

881

33%

25%

100%

50%

42%

Minimum

In line with 
expectation

Maximum

Corporate Affairs Director 
£000

Managing Director – Fuller’s Inns 
£000

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

258

100%

394
12%
23%

65%

466
13%
32%

55%

Minimum

In line with 
expectation

Maximum

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

431
25%
19%

56%

240

100%

514
26%

27%

47%

Minimum

In line with 
expectation

Maximum

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

553
24%

20%

309

660

25%

28%

100%

56%

47%

Minimum

In line with 
expectation

Maximum

Fixed1
Bonus2
LTIP/Options3

1  “ Fixed” includes salary, benefits 

and pension.

2  “ Bonus” includes Executive 

Bonus scheme.

3  “ LTIP/Options” includes LTIP, 
ESOS and SESOS schemes.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.53

In illustrating the potential reward, the following assumptions have been made:

Minimum performance – fixed remuneration only with no pay-out under the bonus scheme or LTIP/share options.
In line with expectation – this is based on what Executives could receive if bonuses pay out at 60% of the maximum bonus allowance (i.e. 45% of salary)  
for achieving target performance, LTIP pay-out at 80% of maximum vesting and pay-out under the ESOS at 100%.
Maximum – 100% of the bonus (i.e. 75% of salary) and 100% of LTIP and ESOS awards.

Recruitment and Promotion
The Company wishes to attract talented individuals to Executive positions either from the industry/market or from internal succession. It would not expect 
any new Director to receive salary or any other part of their remuneration package that is more than 50% higher than current maximum payments which 
could be received by the previous role holder. The various components of the package for a new Executive are those already on offer to existing Executives 
as set out in the table above and they are salary, benefits, bonuses, share schemes and pension. The approach to each component is as set out in the tables 
on pages 48 to 51, subject to existing rule constraints. Contracts would be offered on the basis that on early termination a payment equal to the salary due 
for the unexpired period of their notice would be made, payable in monthly instalments. For the period of their notice the Executive would be expected to 
seek alternative income, and if they are successful, that income would be notifiable to the Company and would be set off against the remaining instalments. 
The Company is only likely to offer a cash amount on recruitment, payment of which may be staggered, to reflect the value of benefits a new recruit may 
have received from a former employer. Relocation expenses and accommodation might be provided if necessary.

In respect of Non-Executive Directors, the Company would not expect any new Director to receive fees that are more than 50% higher than the fees 
which could be received by the previous role holder.

On the appointment of a new Chairman or Non-Executive Director, the fees will be set taking into account the experience and calibre of the individual and 
the fees paid to existing Non-Executive Directors.

Service Contracts/Payments on Loss of Office 
Executive Directors have rolling service contracts terminable on no more than one year’s notice served by the Company or Director. 

Jonathon Swaine and Simon Dodd are entitled on early termination of their contract to a payment equal to the salary due for the unexpired period of their 
notice. This is payable in monthly instalments and for the period of their notice they are expected to seek alternative income, and if successful, that income 
must be notified to the Company and will be set off against the remaining instalments. 

The contracts of the other Executives (which were all in place before 27 June 2012 and are different from those that would be offered to any new 
Executives and are therefore not in line with the approach to recruitment remuneration as set out above) state that they are entitled to a payment equal  
to salary and the value of all benefits for the unexpired period of their notice, without any reduction for mitigation. Benefits in kind would be valued with 
reference to their P11D value or cost to the Company. 

The Committee has considered whether it should attempt to negotiate a change to the contracts of these Executives but does not believe that this is 
currently appropriate.

The rules of the bonus scheme and LTIP and other share option schemes set out what happens to awards if a participant ceases to be employed before the end 
of a bonus year or performance period. Generally, any outstanding share awards will lapse on such cessation, except in certain circumstances when a Director 
might be deemed a “good leaver” which could include on redundancy or retirement (these are examples and are not intended to be a definitive list). In 
determining whether an Executive Director should be treated as a good leaver and the extent to which bonuses, awards and share options vest or become 
exercisable, and/or a pro-rated bonus is due, the Committee will take into account the circumstances of an individual’s departure and their performance.

Service Contracts and Fee Letters
The obligations contained in the Executives’ service contracts are described in the section entitled “Service Contracts/Payments on Loss of Office”.

Executive Directors

Simon Emeny

James Douglas

Richard Fuller

Jonathon Swaine

Simon Dodd

Non-Executive Directors

Michael Turner

John Dunsmore*

Sir James Fuller

Peter Swinburn*

Juliette Stacey*

Date of contract

13 January 1999

31 July 2007 

8 December 2009 

20 March 2012 

1 August 2016

Date of letter of appointment 

1 July 2013

15 November 2011

1 June 2010

20 March 2018

24 March 2018

Notice period

12 months

12 months

12 months

12 months

12 months

Term expires

June 2019

July 2019

May 2019

March 2021

March 2019

*  Subject to approval of the reappointment by the Board of Directors during the period at the Annual General Meeting.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS54

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

Annual Remuneration Implementation Report
The information on pages 55 to 61 has been audited.

The Remuneration Committee 
The Remuneration Committee consists entirely of Independent Non-Executive Directors and the members during the period were Alastair Kerr 
(Chairman), John Dunsmore and Lynn Fordham. On Alastair Kerr’s departure, John Dunsmore was appointed Chairman of the Committee. Following 
their appointment to the Board of Directors, Peter Swinburn and Juliette Stacey were appointed as members of the Committee. The Chairman of the 
Company, Michael Turner, and the Chief Executive, Simon Emeny, are invited to attend the Committee meetings and to advise, where appropriate, on the 
remuneration and performance of the Executive Directors and related matters. The Committee is advised internally by the Company Secretary, Séverine 
Béquin, who also acts as Secretary to the Committee.

The Committee’s terms of reference – which were reviewed and updated during the year – state that the Committee is responsible for determining the 
total remuneration package (including pensions, service agreements and termination payments) of the Executive Directors. The Committee also reviews 
the remuneration of the Company’s Divisional Directors in consultation with the Chief Executive. Members of the Committee have no personal financial 
interest in the Company, other than as shareholders and Directors.

The Committee’s Advisors
Xafinity Consulting Limited provides the Committee and the Company with advice on matters relating to pensions. BDO LLP provides the Committee 
and the Company with advice in connection with the Company’s LTIP and share option schemes and other remuneration matters. Both of these 
consultants have been providing advice to the Company for some years and were not specifically appointed by the Committee. Xafinity Consulting Limited 
is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority and its actuaries are also separately required to abide by Actuarial Profession Standards 
which include the requirement for them to provide objective and independent advice. BDO LLP abides by the Remuneration Consultants Code of 
Conduct, which requires it to provide objective and independent advice. Other advisors did not charge fees for services provided in respect of Directors’ 
remuneration during the year.

Statement of Implementation of Remuneration Policy in the Current Financial Year
The Executive Directors’ salaries with effect from 1 June 2018 remain as they were:

Simon Emeny – £430,000
James Douglas – £295,000
Richard Fuller – £185,000
Jonathon Swaine – £244,000
Simon Dodd – £200,000

The Non-Executive Directors’ fees were reviewed in January 2018 and changes were effective from 1 February 2018.

The annual bonus for the financial year 2018/2019 will operate on the same basis as the previous financial year and will be consistent with the policy  
detailed in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy above. As explained on page 49, the Company does not publish bonus targets since these are considered 
commercially sensitive. However, details of other performance measures which will operate are given on page 49 and details of the relative weightings  
of each are given on page 56. 

The awards under the LTIP are expected to be made at 110% of salary for the Chief Executive and Finance Director and 82.5% for the other Executives. 
The LTIP awards for the financial year 2018/2019 are subject to the following performance condition:

Percentage 
of shares 
comprised in 
an award to
 be released

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

%
0
9
<

.

%
0
9

.

%
0
0
1

.

%
0
.
1
1

%
0
2
1

.

%
0
3
1

.

%
0
4
1

.

%
0
5
1

.

%
0
6
1

.

%
0
7
1

.

%
0
8
1

.

%
0
9
1

.

%
0
0
2

.

%
0
.
1
2

%
0
2
2

.

%
0
3
2

.

%
0
4
2

.

Extent to which the percentage growth in Adjusted EPS
exceeds the increase in RPI over the performance period

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.55

Single Total Figure of Remuneration Table
The following table shows a breakdown of the remuneration of individual Directors who served in all or part of the year:

Salary/Fees

2018
£000

250

428

295

184

243

197

62

47

62

48

–

2

2017
£000

250

419

291

181

237

160

60

46

61

58

–

–

Taxable
 benefits1

2018
£000

2017
£000

25

25

23

23

23

23

1

1

1

1

–

–

25

25

23

23

23

20

1

1

1

1

–

–

Annual
 bonus2

LTIP/
Options3

Pensions

Total

2018
£000

–

157

73

69

87

27

–

–

–

–

–

–

2017
£000

–

133

75

59

78

36

–

–

–

–

–

–

2018
£000

–

404

276

134

166

59

–

–

–

–

–

–

2017
£000

–

446

319

155

177

4

–

–

–

–

–

–

2018
£000

2017
£000

–

75

52

32

43

34

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

74

51

32

42

26

–

–

–

–

–

–

2018
£000

275

2017
£000

275

1,089

1,097

719

442

562

340

63

48

63

49

–

2

759

450

557

246

61

47

62

59

–

–

Michael Turner

Simon Emeny

James Douglas

Richard Fuller

Jonathon Swaine

Simon Dodd4

John Dunsmore

Sir James Fuller

Lynn Fordham

Alastair Kerr5

Peter Swinburn6

Juliette Stacey7

Taxable benefits include car allowances, product allowances and private medical insurance.

1 
2  Bonus refers to the annual bonus scheme based on performance in the period under review and the value of free shares awarded under the SIP (£2,995).
3 

LTIP/Options includes the value transferred to Directors from the LTIP, ESOS, SESOS and SAYE Schemes. Benefit is calculated as the share price at the year-end less 
the exercise price multiplied by the number of vested options. Options are considered to have vested if substantially all of the performance criteria have been met in the 
financial year, in which case the number of vested options is estimated based on performance against performance measures. The table below sets out how the award is 
linked to performance of the Group.

4  Simon Dodd was appointed with effect from 1 August 2016. As such, his remuneration for the year ended 1 April 2017 includes salary for the period prior to this 

appointment when he was a Divisional Director and his bonus for the 2017 financial year is pro-rata from his date of appointment and includes an element relating to his 
employment as Divisional Director.

5  Alastair Kerr resigned as a Director with effect from 24 January 2018.
6  Peter Swinburn was appointed as a Director with effect from 21 March 2018 but opted not to receive any remuneration in the period to 31 March 2018.
7 

Juliette Stacey was appointed as a Director with effect from 21 March 2018.

The following table shows how variable pay elements are linked to the performance of the Group in 2018:

LTIP

Performance 
measure

EPS vs RPI

1   Maximum grant equates to 110% of salary.

Target set

Minimum

Maximum

Value of award

EPS exceeds  
RPI by +9%

EPS exceeds 
RPI by +24%

Percentage vest 
of original grant1: 
Minimum – 40% 
Maximum – 100%

Actual 
performance

13.81%

Value of award

56% of 
maximum 
award

Percentage Change in Remuneration of Chief Executive 
The table below shows the percentage change in the remuneration of the Chief Executive compared to that of the average of all of the Group’s employees 
taken as a whole between the financial years ended 1 April 2017 and 31 March 2018:

Change in annual salary

Change in taxable benefits

Change in annual bonus1

Chief Executive 

Employees

2.1%

nil%

16% 

2.0%

nil%

(2.9%) 

1 

The “Change in annual bonus” reflects the increase or decrease in the percentage of annual salary paid out as bonus and excludes the value of free shares awarded under 
the SIP. The employee comparator group excludes pub staff, The Stable employees, Nectar Imports employees and Dark Star employees who receive bonus incentives 
through other bonus incentive schemes.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS56

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

Salary 
The Committee sets the base salary for each Executive Director by reference to individual and corporate performance, competitive market practice and 
independent salary survey information. Last year, base pay was increased by approximately 3% for all Directors. The median of increases paid to head 
office staff was 2%. This year, the Executive Directors have opted not to take any increase in their salary.

External Directorship Fees
The Board may give approval for Executives to have one Non-Executive role and to retain any related fees paid. Simon Emeny was the Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director of Dunelm Group plc until 21 November 2017. He retained fees of £61,200 per annum in respect of that position. He was 
appointed a Non-Executive Director of The National Gallery Company Limited on 6 February 2018 for which he does not receive any remuneration.

Bonus
Actual performance against targets is shown above. Performance measures for the annual bonus were weighted for each Director as follows:

Simon Emeny

James Douglas

Richard Fuller

Jonathon Swaine

Simon Dodd

Group profit

The Fuller’s Beer 
Company profit

Fuller’s Inns
 profit

The Stable 
profit

ERP
 implementation

90%

60%

90%

30%

30%

–

–

–

–

60%

–

–

–

40%

–

–

20%

–

20%

–

10%

20%

10%

10%

10%

For the year under review, James Douglas earned a bonus of 24% of salary, Simon Emeny and Richard Fuller each earned a bonus of 36% of salary, 
Jonathon Swaine earned a bonus of 35% of salary and Simon Dodd earned a bonus of 12%.

Total Pension Entitlements
Michael Turner is a pensioner of the defined benefit Company pension plan, which is closed to future accrual, under the Directors’ section.

Richard Fuller is in receipt of a 17.5% salary supplement in lieu of employer’s pension contribution. With effect from 1 April 2015, he opted to draw his 
pension benefits early under the defined benefit Company pension plan.

Simon Emeny became a deferred member of the defined benefit Company pension plan, under the main section when the plan closed to future accruals 
on 1 January 2015. Prior to closure, he received a salary supplement of 17.5% of the excess of his base salary over the earnings cap for use as part of his 
retirement planning. Following closure of the pension plan, Simon Emeny is paid a salary supplement of 17.5% of his salary by the Company which he is 
required to use as part of his overall retirement planning.

James Douglas and Jonathon Swaine are paid a salary supplement of 17.5% of their salaries by the Company which they are required to use as part of their 
overall retirement planning. They are also required to contribute 8% of their salary to their pension or another investment vehicle.

The Company makes a contribution of 17.5% of salary to Simon Dodd’s nominated pension scheme. He is also required to make a contribution of 8% of his 
salary to his pension or another investment vehicle. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.57

Scheme Interests Awarded During the Financial Year1,2
In respect of the 52-week period ended 31 March 2018 the following LTIPs, share options and SIP awards were granted:

Director

Simon Emeny

Total

James Douglas

Total

Richard Fuller

Total

Jonathon Swaine

Total

Simon Dodd

Scheme

Number of 
‘A’ shares

Number of
 ‘B’ shares

Exercise 
price per 
‘A’ share

Exercise 
price per 
‘B’ share

Face value at
 grant/award

Date of 
grant/award

Performance
 period ends

LTIP

SIP

LTIP

SIP

LTIP

SIP

LTIP

SIP

36,595

91,489

£10.34

£1.034

£472,992 26/06/17 26/06/20

275

–

£10.89

£2,995 19/06/17

n/a

36,870

91,489

£475,987

25,106

62,765

£10.34

£1.034

£324,495 26/06/17 26/06/20

275

–

£10.89

£2,995 19/06/17

n/a

25,381

62,765

£327,490

11,808

29,521

£10.34

£1.034

£152,619 26/06/17 26/06/20

275

–

£10.89

£2,995 19/06/17

n/a

12,083

29,521

£155,614

15,574

38,936

£10.34

£1.034

£201,295 26/06/17 26/06/20

275

–

£10.89

£2,995 19/06/17

n/a

15,849

38,936

£204,290

LTIP

12,765

31,914

£10.34

£1.034

£164,989 26/06/17 26/06/20

SAYE

SIP

886

275

–

–

£8.12

£10.89

–

£7,194 01/09/17 01/09/20

£2,995 19/06/17

n/a

% of award/
grant vesting 
at minimum 
threshold

40%

n/a

40%

n/a

40%

n/a

40%

n/a

40%

100%

n/a

Total

13,926

31,914

£175,178

1  Face values have been calculated using the actual grant prices also shown in the table except for SAYE. For the SAYE Scheme this is based on an average price for the 

three days before grant (shown above) although options are granted at a 20% discount.
2  Under the tax-advantaged ESOS only options worth £30,000 may be held at any time.

Share Scheme Interests Outstanding at the Year End
Shares
The Company has Share Ownership Guidelines for Directors which state that Executives should hold shares worth at least 100% of their salary. 
Accordingly, until their guideline is met, Executives are required to retain:

•  All shares they hold in the SIP
•  All shares they acquire as a result of exercising SAYE options
•  All shares that they acquire as a result of exercising options under the tax-advantaged ESOS net of the cost of those options
•   At least 75% of any shares that they acquire as a result of exercising options under the non-tax-advantaged SESOS net of the cost of those options and 

the costs of settling related tax and National Insurance (“NI”) thereon 

•  At least 75% of any post-tax and NI vested shares under the LTIP. 

All of the Executive Directors’ shareholdings already meet the guideline with the exception of Simon Dodd who joined the Company in 2015.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS58

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

Directors’ Shareholdings

Directors Share Interests

Michael Turner

‘A’ ordinary 40p shares

‘B’ ordinary 4p shares

‘C’ ordinary 40p shares

2nd Preference £1 shares

Simon Emeny

‘A’ ordinary 40p shares

‘B’ ordinary 4p shares

‘C’ ordinary 40p shares

James Douglas

‘A’ ordinary 40p shares

‘B’ ordinary 4p shares

‘C’ ordinary 40p shares

Richard Fuller

‘A’ ordinary 40p shares

‘B’ ordinary 4p shares

‘C’ ordinary 40p shares

2nd Preference £1 shares

Jonathon Swaine

‘A’ ordinary 40p shares

‘B’ ordinary 4p shares

‘C’ ordinary 40p shares

Simon Dodd

‘A’ ordinary 40p shares

John Dunsmore

‘A’ ordinary 40p shares

Sir James Fuller

‘A’ ordinary 40p shares

‘B’ ordinary 4p shares

‘C’ ordinary 40p shares

Lynn Fordham

‘A’ ordinary 40p shares

Alastair Kerr

‘A’ ordinary 40p shares

Peter Swinburn

‘A’ ordinary 40p shares

Juliette Stacey

‘A’ ordinary 40p shares

There were no changes in the beneficial interests of any Director to 1 June 2018.

Beneficial 
interest at 
31 March 2018

Non–beneficial 
interest at  
31 March 2018

Beneficial 
interest at 
1 April 2017

Non–
beneficial 
interest at  
1 April 2017

271,378

2,988,394

624,260

71

100,695

1,009,343

1,000

50,488

374,146

1,000

–

271,378

– 2,988,394

–

–

624,260

71

500

98,420

–

–

–

–

–

911,989

–

49,009

310,312

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

10,919

500,000

8,894 500,000

3,100,680 10,935,015 3,122,462 10,935,015

20,000

303

34,967

161,886

1,991

835

23,305

88,942

9,149,214

2,702,003

13,192

3,941

4,000

1,250

20,000

303

30,067

127,690

–

–

–

–

560

n/a

–

–

–

–

–

–

23,305

88,942

– 9,143,952

– 2,702,003

–

–

–

–

13,192

3,941

n/a

n/a

–

–

–

–

–

–

n/a

n/a

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.Exercised

Lapsed

Granted

1,204

(1,204)

Richard Fuller

SESOS

2,592

Director’s Share Options

Director

Simon Emeny

Total

James Douglas

Total

Scheme

SESOS

SESOS

SESOS

SESOS

SESOS

ESOS

SAYE

SAYE

SESOS

SESOS

SESOS

SESOS

SESOS

SESOS

SESOS

ESOS

SAYE

SAYE

ESOS

SESOS

SESOS

SESOS

SAYE

ESOS

SAYE

SAYE

Total

Jonathon Swaine

SESOS

ESOS

SESOS

SAYE

As at 
1 April
 2017

5,190

515

6,398

9,446

4,945

3,296

497

3,410

33,697

2,391

8,625

4,504

628

5,094

7,517

2,659

3,296

1,034

36,952

869

3,229

4,765

3,747

828

2,588

401

2,713

21,732

709

4,255

3,901

2,325

11,190

Total

Simon Dodd

Total

TOTAL

ESOS

2,752

SAYE

SAYE

1,395

–

4,147

107,718

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

59

Price at
 exercise 
date

As at 
31 March
 2018

5,190

515

6,398

9,446

4,945

3,296

497

3,410

33,697

2,391

8,625

4,504

628

5,094

7,517

2,659

3,296

Exercise 
price

Date of 
grant

Exercisable 
from

Expiry
 date

£5.78 12/07/10 12/07/13 12/07/20

£6.30 30/11/10 30/11/13 30/11/20

£7.09 20/07/11 20/07/14 19/07/21

£7.05 12/07/12 12/07/15 11/07/22

£9.10 01/07/13 01/07/16 01/07/23

£9.10 01/07/13 01/07/16 01/07/23

£7.24 01/09/13 01/09/18 01/03/19

£7.74 01/09/16 01/09/21 01/03/22

£4.05 15/07/08 15/07/11 15/07/18

£4.80 16/07/09 16/07/12 16/07/19

£5.78 12/07/10 12/07/13 12/07/20

£6.30 30/11/10 30/11/13 30/11/20

£7.09 20/07/11 20/07/14 19/07/21

£7.05 12/07/12 12/07/15 11/07/22

£9.10 01/07/13 01/07/16 01/07/23

£9.10 01/07/13 01/07/16 30/06/23

–

£7.47 01/09/14 01/09/17 01/03/18

£9.36

1,034

£8.70 01/09/15 01/09/18 01/03/19

35,748

2,592

869

3,229

4,765

3,747

828

2,588

401

2,713

21,732

709

4,255

3,901

2,325

11,190

£5.78 12/07/10 12/07/13 12/07/20

£5.78 12/07/10 12/07/13 12/07/20

£7.09 20/07/11 20/07/14 19/07/21

£7.05 12/07/12 12/07/15 11/07/22

£9.10 01/07/13 01/07/16 01/07/23

£7.24 01/09/13 01/09/18 01/03/19

£9.65 30/06/14 30/06/17 30/06/24

£7.47 01/09/14 01/09/19 01/03/20

£7.74 01/09/16 01/09/21 01/03/22

£7.05 12/07/12 12/07/15 11/07/22

£7.05 12/07/12 12/07/15 12/07/22

£9.10 01/07/13 01/07/16 01/07/23

£7.74 01/09/16 01/09/19 01/03/20

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,752

£10.90 29/06/15 29/06/18 29/06/25

1,395

£7.74 01/09/16 01/09/19 01/03/20

886

886

£8.12 01/09/17 01/09/20 01/03/21

5,033

107,400

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Note:
The Executive Share Option Scheme (ESOS), Savings-related share option scheme (SAYE) and Share Incentive Plan (SIP) are all tax-advantaged share option schemes. 
The Senior Executive Share Option Scheme (SESOS) is not a tax-advantaged share option scheme.

   Vested but unexercised options.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS60

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

Directors’ Long Term Incentive Plan Allocations

Director

Simon Emeny

‘A’ ordinary 40p shares

‘B’ ordinary 4p shares

James Douglas

‘A’ ordinary 40p shares

‘B’ ordinary 4p shares

Richard Fuller

‘A’ ordinary 40p shares

‘B’ ordinary 4p shares

Jonathon Swaine

‘A’ ordinary 40p shares

‘B’ ordinary 4p shares

Simon Dodd

‘A’ ordinary 40p shares

‘B’ ordinary 4p shares

Total held 
at 1 April 2017

Awarded 
during 
the year

Vested during
the year1

Lapsed 
during
 the year

Total held 
at 31 March 
2018

Monetary value 
of vest
 £0002

104,337

260,846

36,595

91,489

(35,108)

(87,772)

73,740

184,353

25,106

62,765

(25,533)

(63,834)

34,356

85,894

11,808

29,521

(11,900)

(29,751)

42,482

106,207

15,574

38,936

(13,678)

(34,196)

12,721

31,804

12,765

31,914

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

105,824

264,563

73,313

183,284

34,264

85,664

44,378

110,947

25,486

63,718

379

95

260

65

122

31

161

40

–

–

1 

2 

The release of the ‘A’ ordinary shares awarded under the LTIP which vested was satisfied as to 1,000 shares by the release of ‘C’ ordinary shares in the case of Simon 
Emeny, James Douglas and Jonathon Swaine.
The market price of ‘A’ ordinary shares on 28 July 2017 for the LTIP awards that vested and were released to participants was £10.35; the price of ‘B’ ordinary shares is 
assumed to be £1.035.

The performance conditions for the LTIP are set out in the tables on pages 54 and 55 of this report.

Payments to Past Directors
Anthony Fuller, former Chairman and now President, receives an annual royalty of £15,000 which is paid in recognition of the fact that Mr Fuller has given 
the Company ongoing exclusive permission to use his name and signature on any Company product. 

Nigel Atkinson, former Non-Executive Director, receives annual fees of £7,500 which are paid because Mr Atkinson continued to act for the Company 
as its ambassador in the Hampshire area, attending various events as the Company’s representative. This arrangement ceased on 30 April 2018.

Payments for Loss of Office
There were no payments to Directors or former Directors for loss of office during the financial year.

Performance Graph and Table
The graph below shows a comparison of the Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) for the Company’s listed ‘A’ ordinary shares for the last five financial years 
against the TSR for the companies in the FTSE All Share. The Company is a constituent of this Index and therefore it is an appropriate choice for this report.

1,300

1,200

1,100

1,000

900

800

700

600

500

400

Mar 13

Jun 13 Sep 13 Mar 14 Jun 14 Sep 14 Dec 14 Mar 15 Jun 15 Sep 15 Dec 15 Mar 16 Jun 16

Sep 16

Dec 16

Mar 17 Jun 17 Sep 17 Dec 17

Mar 18

Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.

FTSE All Share

Source: Thomson Data stream

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.61

The table below shows the total remuneration figure for the Chief Executive over the last five financial years and the annual bonus and LTIP pay-out for 
each year as a percentage of the maximum available:

Single figure total remuneration (£000)

Annual bonus1

LTIP

20142

977

77%

64%

2015

1,244

76%

96%

2016

1,418

85%

100%

2017

1,097

41%

100%

2018

1,089

48%

56%

1  Annual bonus as a percentage of the maximum available.
2  Simon Emeny was appointed as Group Chief Executive in July 2013. The single total figure comprises the remuneration received by Simon Emeny in the financial year, 

hence includes remuneration for the three months prior to this promotion.

Relative Importance of Spend on Pay 
The graph below shows the total remuneration for the Group’s employees compared to other key financial indicators:

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0
£m

Remuneration

Taxes
payable to
HMRC1

Capital
Expenditure &
Business
Combinations2

Dividends1

Share
buybacks

2018               2017

1 

Taxes payable to HMRC is based upon tax incurred in the year and includes corporation tax, VAT, PAYE, NI, duty, stamp duty, non-domestic rates, property licences, 
environmental levies and machine game duty. 

2  Capital expenditure (including business combinations) represents cash paid in the year.
3  Dividends represents the interim dividend for 2018, paid in the year and the final dividend for 2018 that has been proposed but not paid in the year.

Statement of Voting at the Last Annual General Meeting
At the Annual General Meeting held on 25 July 2017, votes cast by proxy in respect of the approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Report were  
as follows: 

Resolution text 

Number of votes 
cast for

Percentage of 
votes cast for

Number of votes 
cast against

Percentage of 
votes cast against 

Total votes cast

Number of 
votes withheld 

Approval of Remuneration Report 

98,562,946

94.87%

5,324,292

5.13% 103,887,238

9,821

The Directors’ Remuneration Report, encompassing pages 47 to 61, was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf.

John Dunsmore
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

7 June 2018

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS62

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
to the Members of Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.

Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) for the 52 week period 
ended 31 March 2018 which comprise the Group Income Statement, the Group and Company Statements of Comprehensive Income, the Group and 
Company Balance Sheets, the Group and Company Statements of Changes in Equity, the Group and Company Cash Flow Statements and notes to the 
financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation  
is applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and, as regards the parent company financial 
statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion:

•  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 March 2018 and of the group’s profit and 

the parent company’s profit for the 52 week period then ended;

•  the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; and
•  the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union and as applied in accordance 

with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and 

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the group financial 

statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those 
standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We are independent of the 
group and the parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including 
the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these 
requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Who we are reporting to
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has 
been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other 
purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s members 
as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Conclusions relating to principal risks, going concern and viability statement
We have nothing to report in respect of the following information in the annual report, in relation to which the ISAs (UK) require us to report to you 
whether we have anything material to add or draw attention to:

•  the disclosures in the annual report and accounts that describe the principal risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated;
•  the directors’ confirmation, set out on page 24 of the annual report that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the group, 

including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity;

•  the directors’ statement, set out on page 23 of the financial statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements and the directors’ identification of any material uncertainties to the group and  
the parent company’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements;

•  whether the directors’ statement relating to going concern required under the Listing Rules in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is materially 

inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit; or

•  the directors’ explanation, set out on page 23 of the annual report as to how they have assessed the prospects of the group, over what period they have 
done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the group will  
be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing 
attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

Overview of our audit approach
•  Overall materiality: £2.1m, which represents approximately 5% of the Group’s profit before taxation and separately disclosed items;
•  Key audit matters were identified as assessment of impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, risk of fraud in revenue 

recognition and presentation of separately disclosed items; and 

•  A full audit scope has been performed in respect of all trading entities which comprise 100% of group revenue and profit, which is consistent with 2017.  

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current 
period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included 
those that had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. 
These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide 
a separate opinion on these matters.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.Key Audit Matter – Group and Parent

How the matter was addressed in the audit – Group and Parent

63

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

As more fully explained in notes 11, the Directors have chosen to make  
an annual impairment assessment for property, plant and equipment. The 
process for measuring and recognising impairment under International 
Accounting Standard (IAS) 36: ‘Impairment of Assets’ is complex and 
highly judgemental, particularly as each individual trading outlet is treated 
as a separate cash-generating unit for impairment purposes, and the 
valuation relies on forecasts of trading activity made by management  
as well as consideration of alternative use for each site. 

In addition, as required by IFRS, the Directors perform an annual 
impairment review of intangible assets as more fully explained in note 10. 
The impairment review of intangible assets is complex and judgemental, 
including what constitutes a cash generating unit (CGU) and the use  
of forecasts including the use of relevant discount rates. 

We therefore identified the assessment of impairment of property,  
plant and equipment and intangible assets as a significant risk, which  
was one of the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement. 

Presentation of separately disclosed items

As set out in the consolidated income statement and note 5, the financial 
statements included a net credit of £0.4m before tax in respect of 
Separately Disclosed Items. There is significant management judgement  
in the determination of these items, which are not defined by IFRSs  
as adopted by the EU, and reported upon as part of an alternative 
performance measure within the financial statements. Consistency  
of presentation is important for maintaining comparability between 
reported results for each period. We therefore identified the presentation 
of separately disclosed items as a significant risk , which was one of the  
most significant assessed risks of material misstatement.

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to:  

•  reviewing the accounting policy for compliance with IFRS as adopted by 
the EU and that the application by the group is consistent with the stated 
policy;

•  an assessment of current trading and the market for pub transactions;
•  challenging the impairment models prepared by management that assess 

each trading property and each component of intangible assets; 

•  testing of the integrity of data used in the models by agreeing a sample  

to source data; 

•  a review of the key inputs within the calculations, as well as performing  
a completeness review of all operating units to ensure all appropriate  
sites and CGUs had been appropriately identified;

•  challenging management’s impairment model, using industry data to 

consider the reasonableness of management’s assumptions, in particular 
maintainable trading levels, growth and discount rates; and

•  testing the accuracy of management’s forecasting through a comparison  

of budget to actual data and historical trends.

The Group’s accounting policy on impairment is shown in note 1 and related 
disclosures are included in respect of property, plant and equipment in note 11 
and intangible assets in note 10. The Audit Committee also identified 
impairment testing of intangible assets, property, plant and equipment as  
a significant issue in its report on page 43, where the Committee also 
describes how it addressed this issue.

Key observations
As a result of the audit procedures we performed and, after considering 
management’s disclosures of the judgements applied by them, we have 
concluded that impairment has been appropriately assessed in accordance 
with the requirements of IAS 36.

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to:  

•  testing the criteria used by management to determine classification  

as a separately disclosed item;

•  agreeing the classification was consistent with the group’s stated 

accounting policy;

•  considering whether the classification was appropriate, and the 

presentation enhanced the clarity and understanding of financial 
statements for the reporting period; and  

•  checking that the presentation was consistent with that presented  

in prior periods.  

The group’s accounting policy on separately disclosed items is shown in note 1 
to the financial statements and related disclosures are included in note 5. The 
Audit Committee identified separately disclosed items as a significant issue  
in its report on page 43, where the Committee also described the action that 
it has taken to address this issue.

Key observations
As a result of the audit procedures performed we have concluded that 
Separately Disclosed Items have been appropriately classified and disclosed 
on a consistent basis.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
64

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT continued
to the Members of Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.

Key Audit Matter – Group and Parent

Risk of fraud in revenue recognition

Under ISA (UK) 240 ‘The auditor’s responsibilities relating to fraud in an 
audit of financial statements’, there is a presumed risk of fraud in revenue 
recognition. As the Group records a substantial proportion of sales in cash 
and through point of sale transactions, we identified the risk of fraud in 
revenue recognition as a significant risk, which was one of the most 
significant assessed risks of material misstatement.

How the matter was addressed in the audit – Group and Parent

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to: 

•  an evaluation of the revenue recognition policies for each of the Group’s 
two principal revenue streams against the requirements of the Group’s 
stated accounting policies and IAS 18: ‘Revenue’; 

•  for beer and liquor sales made by the Brewery we performed testing of 

certain key controls such as proof of delivery over invoicing and despatch,
•  testing the recovery of trade receivables to after date cash and checking 

the application of cut-off at the period end; and 

•  for managed inns revenue we tested the key controls over the 

completeness and capture of sales from individual inns; 

•  tested the receipt of cash collected at inns into Group bank accounts; and 
•  for all income streams, we assessed management review processes for the 

assessment and reporting of revenue.

The Group’s accounting policy on revenue, including its recognition, is shown 
in note 1 and related disclosures are included in note 3.

Key observations
As a result of the audit procedures performed we have concluded that 
revenue has been recognised appropriately in accordance with IAS 18.

Our application of materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions of a reasonably 
knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality in determining the nature, timing and extent of our audit work and in evaluating 
the results of that work. 

Materiality was determined as follows:

Materiality measure

Financial statements as a whole

Performance materiality used to drive the extent  
of our testing

Specific materiality

Group

Parent

£2.1m which is approximately 5% of profit 
before profit before taxation and Separately 
Disclosed Items. This benchmark is considered 
the most appropriate because it is one of the  
key performance indicators for the Board  
and its shareholders as well as being a crucial 
component of the earnings per share calculation 
and in calculating Directors’ bonuses.

Materiality for the current year is higher than 
the level that we determined for the 53 week 
ended 1 April 2017 to reflect the increase in 
reported activity and profit.

£2.1m which is approximately 5% of profit before 
profit before taxation and Separately Disclosed 
Items. This benchmark is considered the most 
appropriate because the majority of the group’s 
revenue and profit is recorded in the parent.

Materiality for the current year is higher than the 
level that we determined for the 53 week ended 
1 April 2017 to reflect the increase in reported 
activity and profit.

75% of financial statement materiality.

75% of financial statement materiality.

We determined a lower level of specific 
materiality of £100,000 for certain areas such 
as Directors’ remuneration and related party 
transactions, being the lowest reporting level  
of the financial statements.

We determined a lower level of specific materiality 
of £100,000 for certain areas such as Directors’ 
remuneration and related party transactions, being 
the lowest reporting level of the financial statements.

Communication of misstatements to the  
audit committee

£100,000 and misstatements below that  
threshold that, in our view, warrant reporting  
on qualitative grounds.

£100,000 and misstatements below that  
threshold that, in our view, warrant reporting  
on qualitative grounds.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.65

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our group audit approach was based on a thorough understanding of the group’s business and the environment it operates in and in particular included: 

•  evaluation by the Group audit team of identified components to assess the significance of that component and to determine the planned audit response 
based on a measure of materiality. Although the Group financial statements are a consolidation of the Parent Company and its trading subsidiaries, 
substantially all of the Group’s profit before taxation arose in the Parent Company on which we performed a full scope audit. Full scope audit work  
was performed on other components at materiality levels commensurate with their size; 

•  recognition that the Group is organised into three principal operating divisions: Managed Pubs and Hotels, Tenanted Inns and The Fuller’s Beer 
Company. Managed Pubs and Hotels represent one revenue stream and Tenanted Inns and The Fuller’s Beer Company are reported as another  
stream. We tested controls over the financial reporting systems identified as part of our risk assessment, reviewed the accounts production process  
and addressed critical accounting matters. We sought, wherever possible, to rely on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls in order to reduce 
substantive testing;

•  undertaking controls and substantive testing on significant transactions, balances and disclosures, the extent of which was based on various factors such 
as our overall assessment of the control environment, the design effectiveness of controls over individual systems and the management of specific risks.

This approach is consistent with that adopted for the 53 week period ended 1 April 2017.

Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the 
financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the 
extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other 
information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 
If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether there is a material misstatement in 
the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of the other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

In this context, we also have nothing to report in regard to our responsibility to specifically address the following items in the other information and  
to report as uncorrected material misstatements of the other information where we conclude that those items meet the following conditions:

•  Fair, balanced and understandable – the statement given by the directors that they consider the annual report and financial statements taken as  
a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the group’s performance, business  
model and strategy, is materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit; or

•  Audit committee reporting – the section describing the work of the audit committee does not appropriately address matters communicated by us  

to the audit committee; or

•  Directors’ statement of compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code – the parts of the directors’ statement required under the Listing  
Rules relating to the company’s compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code containing provisions specified for review by the auditor in 
accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.10R(2) do not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the UK Corporate Governance Code.

Our opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 are unmodified
In our opinion, the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

•  the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent 

with the financial statements and those reports have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements; 

•  the information about internal control and risk management systems in relation to financial reporting processes and about share capital structures, given 
in compliance with rules 7.2.5 and 7.2.6 in the Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules sourcebook made by the Financial Conduct Authority (the FCA 
Rules), is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements; and

•  information about the company’s corporate governance code and practices and about its administrative, management and supervisory bodies and their 

committees complies with rules 7.2.2, 7.2.3 and 7.2.7 of the FCA Rules.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS66

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT continued
to the Members of Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.

Matters on which we are required to report under the Companies Act 2006
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not 
identified material misstatements in:

•  the strategic report or the directors’ report; or
•  the information about internal control and risk management systems in relation to financial reporting processes and about share capital structures,  

given in compliance with rules 7.2.5 and 7.2.6 of the FCA Rules.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not 

visited by us; or

•  the parent company financial statements and the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting 

records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•  a corporate governance statement has not been prepared by the parent company.

Responsibilities of directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for 
being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend  
to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due  
to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could 
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

We are responsible for obtaining reasonable assurance that the financial statements taken as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether caused 
by fraud or error. Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable risk that material misstatements of the financial statements may not 
be detected, even though the audit is properly planned and performed in accordance with the ISAs (UK). Our audit approach is a risk-based approach and 
is explained more fully in the ‘An overview of the scope of our audit’ section of our audit report.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Other matters which we are required to address
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by the board of directors on 30 August 2013 to audit the financial statements 
for the year ending 29 March 2014 and subsequent financial periods.

The period of total uninterrupted engagement is 5 years, covering the years ending 31 March 2014 to 2018.

The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the group or the parent company and we remain independent  
of the group and the parent company in conducting our audit.

Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee.

Charles Hutton-Potts
Senior Statutory Auditor 
for and on behalf of Grant Thornton UK LLP 
Statutory Auditor, Chartered Accountants 
London

7 June 2018

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.GROUP INCOME STATEMENT
for the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018

67

Revenue

Operating costs 

Operating profit

Profit on disposal of properties

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Taxation

Profit for the year 

Attributable to:

Equity shareholders of the Parent Company

Non-controlling interest

Earnings per share per 40p ‘A’ and ‘C’ ordinary share

Basic

Diluted

Adjusted

Diluted adjusted

Earnings per share per 4p ‘B’ ordinary share

Basic

Diluted

Adjusted

Diluted adjusted

52 weeks ended 31 March 2018

53 weeks ended 1 April 2017

Note

3 

4,5

5 

5,6

5,7

Before 
separately 
disclosed 
items
 £m

403.6

(354.4)

49.2

–

(6.0)

43.2

(8.8)

34.4

34.7

(0.3)

Pence

62.90

62.51

6.29

6.25

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

Separately 
disclosed 
items 
£m

Before 
separately 
disclosed 
items
 £m

Separately 
disclosed 
items 
£m

Total
£m

Total 
£m

–

403.6

392.0

–

392.0

(4.7)

(4.7)

6.1

(1.0)

0.4

–

0.4

1.1

(0.7)

(359.1)

(342.5)

44.5

6.1

(7.0)

43.6

(8.8)

34.8

35.8

(1.0)

Pence

64.89

64.49

6.49

6.45

49.5

–

(6.6)

42.9

(9.1)

33.8

33.9

(0.1)

Pence

61.39

60.69

6.14

6.07

(3.1)

(3.1)

0.9

(0.8)

(3.0)

1.7

(1.3)

(1.2)

(0.1)

(345.6)

46.4

0.9

(7.4)

39.9

(7.4)

32.5

32.7

(0.2)

Pence

59.21

58.54

5.92

5.85

The results and earnings per share measures above are all in respect of continuing operations of the Group.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS68

GROUP AND COMPANY STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018

Group

Profit for the year

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

Net gains on valuation of financial assets and liabilities

Tax related to items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Net actuarial gains/(losses) on pension schemes

Tax related to items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Other comprehensive gains/(losses) for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

Equity shareholders of the Parent Company

Non-controlling interest

Company

Profit for the year

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

Net gains on valuation of financial assets and liabilities

Tax related to items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Net actuarial gains/(losses) on pension schemes

Tax related to items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Other comprehensive gains/(losses) for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

Note

26 

23 

16

26 

23 

52 weeks 
ended 
31 March 
2018 
£m

53 weeks
 ended 
1 April 
2017
 £m

34.8

32.5

1.5

(0.2)

4.4

(0.8)

4.9

39.7

40.7

(1.0)

–

–

(14.6)

2.1

(12.5)

20.0

20.2

(0.2)

35.1

33.0

1.5

(0.2)

4.4

(0.8)

4.9

40.0

–

–

(14.6)

2.1

(12.5)

20.5

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.GROUP AND COMPANY BALANCE SHEETS
31 March 2018

69

Non-current assets

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investment properties

Other financial assets

Other non-current assets

Investments in subsidiaries

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and short term deposits

Assets classified as held for sale

Total current assets 

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Current tax payable

Provisions

Borrowings

Other financial liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Other financial liabilities

Retirement benefit obligations

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

Other non-current payables

Total non-current liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves

Share capital

Share premium account

Capital redemption reserve

Own shares

Hedging reserve

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interest

Total equity

Group 
2018
£m

Group
 2017
£m

Company 
2018
 £m

Company 
2017 
£m

Note

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

7 

18 

19 

22 

20 

45.4

564.1

39.0

557.5

6.1

6.9

551.8

541.1

4.6

–

0.4

–

8.7

623.2

13.5

22.9

11.7

2.1

50.2

4.7

0.1

0.4

–

10.4

612.1

14.0

21.6

15.3

5.9

56.8

4.6

–

0.4

4.7

0.1

0.4

105.5

100.2

8.1

9.5

676.5

662.9

11.6

42.5

9.7

2.1

65.9

12.2

42.3

12.8

5.9

73.2

21 

(64.0)

(68.6)

(163.7)

(167.8)

(4.0)

(0.1)

(30.0)

(3.7)

(4.6)

(0.5)

(3.1)

(0.1)

(3.8)

(0.5)

(20.0)

(30.0)

(20.0)

–

–

–

(101.8)

(93.7)

(196.9)

(192.1)

(183.6)

(201.4)

(183.4)

(201.2)

(1.8)

(32.5)

(18.0)

(0.6)

(0.2)

(8.5)

(37.9)

(16.8)

(0.7)

(0.2)

(1.8)

(32.5)

(17.1)

(0.6)

–

(3.2)

(37.9)

(16.5)

(0.7)

–

(236.7)

(265.5)

(235.4)

(259.5)

334.9

309.7

310.1

284.5

22.8

4.8

3.1

(19.2)

(1.1)

328.4

338.8

22.8

4.8

3.1

(16.7)

(2.6)

301.4

312.8

22.8

4.8

3.1

(19.2)

(1.1)

299.7

310.1

22.8

4.8

3.1

(16.7)

(2.6)

273.1

284.5

–

16

(3.9)

(3.1)

–

334.9

309.7

310.1

284.5

25 

22 

13

22 

13 

23 

7 

25 

21 

27 

27 

27 

27 

27 

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and included in the financial statements of the Parent Company was £35.1 million (2017: £33.0 million).

Approved by the Board and signed on 7 June 2018.

M J Turner, FCA
Chairman

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS70

GROUP AND COMPANY STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
for the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018

Share 
capital
 (note 27) 
£m

Share 
premium 
account 
£m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m

Own 
shares
 (note 27)
 £m

Hedging 
reserve 
£m

Retained 
earnings 
£m

Total 
£m

22.8 

4.8 

3.1 

(15.8)

(2.6)

293.0 

305.3 

Group

At 26 March 2016

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive loss  
for the year

Total comprehensive income/(loss) 
for the year

Shares purchased to be held in  
ESOT or as treasury

Shares released from ESOT  
and treasury

Dividends (note 9)

Share-based payment charges

Tax credited directly to equity  
(note 7)

Adjustments arising from change in 
non-controlling interest (note 16)

Total transactions with owners

At 1 April 2017

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income 
for the year

Total comprehensive income/(loss) 
for the year

Shares purchased to be held in  
ESOT or as treasury

Shares released from ESOT  
and treasury

Dividends (note 9)

Share-based payment charges

Tax debited directly to equity  
(note 7)

Adjustments arising from change 
in non-controlling interest (note 16)

Total transactions with owners

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

22.8

4.8

3.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(3.6)

2.7

–

–

–

–

(0.9)

(16.7)

–

–

–

(5.5)

3.0

–

–

–

–

(2.5)

(19.2)

At 31 March 2018

22.8

4.8

3.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Non- 
controlling 
interest 
(note 16)
 £m

(4.4)

(0.2)

Total
 equity 
£m

 300.9 

32.5

32.7

32.7

(12.5)

(12.5)

–

(12.5)

20.2

20.2

(0.2)

20.0

–

(3.6)

(2.1)

(10.1)

0.6

(10.1)

1.7

0.2

1.7

0.2

(1.5)

(1.5)

(11.8)

(12.7)

–

–

–

–

–

1.5

1.5

(3.1)

(1.0)

(3.6)

0.6

(10.1)

1.7

0.2

–

(11.2)

309.7

34.8

(2.6)

301.4

–

35.8

312.8

35.8

1.5

1.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3.4

4.9

–

4.9

39.2

40.7

(1.0)

39.7

–

(5.5)

(2.2)

(10.5)

0.8

0.8

(10.5)

0.8

(0.3)

(0.3)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(12.2)

(14.7)

0.2

0.2

(5.5)

0.8

(10.5)

0.8

(0.3)

0.2

(14.5)

(1.1)

328.4

338.8

(3.9)

334.9

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.71

Company

At 26 March 2016

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive loss for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Shares purchased to be held in ESOT  
or as treasury

Shares released from ESOT and treasury

Dividends (note 9)

Share-based payment charges

Tax credited directly to equity (note 7)

Total transactions with owners

At 1 April 2017

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Shares purchased to be held in ESOT or as treasury

Shares released from ESOT and treasury

Dividends (note 9)

Share-based payment charges

Tax credited directly to equity (note 7)

Total transactions with owners

At 31 March 2018

Share 
capital 
(note 27) 
£m

22.8 

Share 
premium 
account 
£m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m

Own 
shares 
(note 27)
 £m 

Hedging 
reserve
 £m

Retained 
earnings
£m

Total 
£m

4.8 

3.1 

(15.8)

(2.6)

 262.9 

 275.2 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

22.8

4.8

3.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

22.8

4.8

3.1

–

–

–

(3.6)

2.7

–

–

–

(0.9)

(16.7)

–

–

–

(5.5)

3.0

–

–

–

(2.5)

(19.2)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

33.0

33.0

(12.5)

(12.5)

20.5

20.5

–

(2.1)

(10.1)

1.7

0.2

(3.6)

0.6

(10.1)

1.7

0.2

(10.3)

(11.2)

(2.6)

273.1

284.5

–

1.5

1.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

35.1

3.4

38.5

–

(2.2)

(10.5)

0.8

–

35.1

4.9

40.0

(5.5)

0.8

(10.5)

0.8

–

(11.9)

(14.4)

(1.1)

299.7

310.1

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS72

GROUP AND COMPANY CASH FLOW STATEMENTS
for the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018

Profit before tax

Net finance costs before separately disclosed items

Separately disclosed items

Depreciation and amortisation

Difference between pension charge and cash paid

Share-based payment charges

Change in trade and other receivables

Change in inventories

Change in trade and other payables

Cash impact of operating separately disclosed items

Cash generated from operations

Tax paid

Cash generated from operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities

Business combinations

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Sale of property, plant and equipment and investment property

Cash acquired on acquisition

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities

Purchase of own shares

Receipts on release of own shares to option schemes

Interest paid

Preference dividends paid

Equity dividends paid

Drawdown of bank loans

Repayment of bank loans

Loans to subsidiary companies

Cost of refinancing

Cost of new derivative instruments

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net movement in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the start of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Group 
52 weeks 
ended
 31 March 
2018  
£m

Group 
53 weeks 
ended
 1 April 
2017 
£m

Company
52 weeks 
ended 
31 March 
2018 
£m

Company 
53 weeks 
ended 
1 April 
2017 
£m

Note

43.6

6.0

(0.4)

21.7

70.9

(2.0)

0.8

(0.9)

0.7

(4.2)

(4.0)

61.3

(9.0)

52.3

39.9

6.6

3.0

21.0

70.5

(1.0)

1.7

(0.6)

(1.6)

5.9

(2.4)

72.5

(9.2)

63.3

43.4

8.1

(2.7)

19.4

68.2

(2.0)

0.8

0.5

0.6

(3.4)

(4.0)

60.7

(8.2)

52.5

37.8

8.4

4.3

18.8

69.3

(1.0)

1.7

(0.5)

(1.3)

5.6

(2.1)

71.7

(9.0)

62.7

(10.6)

(27.6)

10.8

0.4

(20.8)

(35.0)

4.4

–

(10.6)

(25.9)

10.8

–

(20.8)

(28.8)

4.4

–

(27.0)

(51.4)

(25.7)

(45.2)

(5.5)

0.8

(5.6)

(0.1)

(10.5)

10.0

(18.0)

–

–

–

(28.9)

(3.6)

15.3

11.7

(3.6)

0.6

(5.9)

(0.1)

(10.1)

16.5

–

–

(0.1)

(0.1)

(2.8)

9.1

6.2

15.3

(5.5)

0.8

(5.5)

(0.1)

(10.5)

10.0

(18.0)

(1.1)

–

–

(29.9)

(3.1)

12.8

9.7

(3.6)

0.6

(5.9)

(0.1)

(10.1)

16.5

–

(7.0)

(0.1)

(0.1)

(9.8)

7.7

5.1

12.8

5 

4 

5 

17 

27 

9 

9 

22 

22 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and other short-term highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less.

There were no significant non-cash transactions during either period. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

73

1. Authorisation of Financial Statements and Accounting Policies
Authorisation of Financial Statements 
The financial statements of Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) for the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018 were authorised for 
issue by the Board of Directors on 7 June 2018 and the Balance Sheet was signed on the Board’s behalf by M J Turner. Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. is a 
public limited company incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales. The Company’s ordinary ‘A’ shares are traded on the London Stock Exchange.

Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of preparation
The Group’s and Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) 
as adopted for use in the European Union and applied to the financial statements of the Group and the Company for the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018, 
in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. The principal accounting policies adopted by the Group and by the Company are set out 
in the accounting policies below. 

The Group and Company financial statements are presented in Sterling and all values are shown in millions of pounds (£m) rounded to the nearest hundred 
thousand, except when otherwise indicated.

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group and Company have adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future. The financial statements have therefore continued to be prepared on a going concern basis. See the Going Concern 
statement on page 23 of the Financial Review.

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 a separate Income Statement for the Parent Company has not been prepared.

Significant accounting estimates and judgements
The areas of judgement, estimation and assumption which are considered to be significant in the preparation of the financial statements are as follows:

The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired on an annual basis and this requires an estimation of the value in use of the cash-generating units to 
which the goodwill is allocated. This involves estimation of future cash flows and choosing a suitable discount rate. Full details are supplied in note 10, 
together with an analysis of the key assumptions.

The Group reviews for impairment all property, plant and equipment at cash-generating unit level where there is any indication of impairment. This requires 
an estimation of the value in use and involves estimation of future cash flows and choosing a suitable discount rate. See note 11 , which describes the 
assumptions used together with an analysis of the key assumptions.

Measurement of defined benefit pension obligations requires estimation of future changes in salaries and inflation, as well as mortality rates, the expected 
return on assets and the selection of a suitable discount rate. These have been determined on advice from the Group’s qualified actuary. The estimates used 
and the key assumptions are provided in note 23. 

Judgement is required when determining the provision for taxes as the tax treatment of some transactions cannot be finally determined until a formal 
resolution has been reached with the tax authorities. Tax benefits are not recognised unless it is probable that the benefit will be obtained. Tax provisions 
are made if it is possible that a liability will arise. The Group reviews each significant tax liability or benefit to assess the appropriate accounting treatment. 
See note 7. 

The assessment of fair values for the assets and liabilities recognised in the financial statements on the acquisition of a business, the valuation of additional 
consideration and the date that control is obtained require significant judgement and estimate. Management assess fair values, particularly for property, 
plant and equipment, with reference to current market prices. See note 17 for business combinations made in the year.

Judgement is used to determine those items that should be separately disclosed to allow a better understanding of the underlying trading performance 
of the Group. The judgement includes assessment of whether an item is of a nature that is not consistent with normal trading activities or of sufficient size 
or infrequency. See note 5. 

Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements consolidate the financial statements of Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. and the entities it controls (its subsidiaries) drawn up 
for the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018 (2017: 53 weeks ended 1 April 2017).

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of their acquisition, being the date on which the Group obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until 
the date that such control ceases. Control comprises the power to direct the relevant activities of the subsidiary which significantly affect the return of the 
subsidiary, so as to obtain benefit from its activities and is achieved through direct or indirect ownership of voting rights; currently exercisable or convertible 
potential voting rights; or by way of contractual agreement. All intercompany balances and transactions, including unrealised profits arising from them, 
are eliminated.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS74

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

1. Authorisation of Financial Statements and Accounting Policies continued
Adoption of new standards and interpretations
The following new and amended IFRS and IFRIC interpretations are effective for the Group’s period commencing 2 April 2017:

•  Amendments to IAS 12: Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for Unrealised Losses 
•  Disclosure Initiative: Amendments to IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows 
•  Annual Improvements to IFRS 2014-2016 Cycle 
•  Clarification of the Scope of the Disclosure Requirements in IFRS 12: Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities 

1 January 2017
1 January 2017
1 January 2017
1 January 2017

The Directors do not believe the adoption of the new standards and interpretations has had any significant impact on the amounts reported in the 
financial statements.

Intangible assets
Intangible assets with finite useful lives are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Amortisation is recognised on a straight-
line basis over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with the 
effect on any changes in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis. Intangible assets with indefinite lives that are acquired separately from a 
business are carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. An intangible asset acquired as part of a business combination and recognised separately 
from goodwill is initially recognised at fair value at the acquisition date (which is regarded as cost). Payments made to acquire operating leases from third 
parties are classified as intangible assets and amortised over the expected life of the lease and recognised in the Income Statement. 

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment at least annually, and whenever there is an indication that the asset may be impaired. 

Goodwill
Business combinations are accounted for under IFRS 3 Business Combinations using the purchase method. Any excess of the consideration of the business 
combination over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities is recognised in the Balance Sheet as 
goodwill and is not amortised. To the extent that the net fair value of the acquired entity’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities is greater 
than the cost of the investment, a gain is recognised immediately in the Income Statement.

After initial recognition, goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses, with the carrying value being reviewed for impairment, at least 
annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Any impairment of goodwill made cannot be 
reversed if circumstances subsequently change.

Any contingent considerations recognised on business combinations are measured at fair value using Level 3 valuation techniques.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to the related cash-generating units (or group of cash-generating units) monitored 
by management. Where the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill, an impairment loss 
is recognised in the Income Statement.

The carrying amount of goodwill allocated to a cash-generating unit is taken into account when determining the gain or loss on disposal of the unit,  
or of an operation within it.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost or deemed cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment in value. Depreciation is calculated 
on a straight-line basis to write down the cost to the estimated residual value over the expected useful life of the asset as follows:

Freehold buildings – Hotel accommodation and offices

Up to 50 years

Freehold buildings – Licensed retail property, unlicensed property and brewery

50 to 100 years

Leasehold improvements

Roofs

The term of the lease

From 10 to 50 years

Plant, machinery and vehicles, containers, fixtures and fittings

From three years up to 25 years

As required under IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment, expected useful lives and residual values are reviewed every year. Land is not depreciated.

Government grants
Government grants are not recognised until there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attaching to them and that the 
grants will be received. Government grants are recognised in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the periods in which the Group recognises as expenses 
the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate. Specifically, government grants whose primary condition is that the Group should 
purchase, construct or otherwise acquire non-current assets are recognised as deferred revenue in the Balance Sheet and transferred to the Income 
Statement on a systematic basis over the useful economic life of the related assets.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.75

1. Authorisation of Financial Statements and Accounting Policies continued
Investment property
The Group owns properties that are not used for the production of goods or services but are held for capital appreciation or rental purposes. 
These properties are classified as investment properties and their carrying values are based on cost. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis 
to write down the cost to the estimated residual value over the expected useful life of the asset, which for investment properties is 50 to 100 years.

Impairment
Carrying values are reviewed for impairment if events indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. If such an indicator exists and 
where the carrying values exceed the estimated recoverable amount, the assets or cash-generating units are written down to their recoverable amounts. 
An asset’s recoverable amount is the greater of the fair value less costs to sell, and the value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows 
are discounted to present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects the current market assessments of the time value of money and risks specific 
to the asset. For an asset that does not generate largely independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is determined for the smallest cash-generating 
unit to which the asset belongs. Impairment losses, and any reversal of such losses, are recognised in the Income Statement.

Leases
Group as a lessee
Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the asset are classified as operating leases and rentals payable 
are charged in the Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Group has a number of lease arrangements in which the rent 
payable is contingent on revenue. Any contingent rentals payable are accrued in line with revenues generated by the site.

Group as a lessor
Assets leased under operating leases are included in property, plant and equipment and depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Rental income, 
including the effect of lease incentives, is recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Assets held for sale
Assets are classified as held for sale when the carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than continuing use.  
To be classified as such, management need to have initiated a sales plan as at the Balance Sheet date and must expect the sale to qualify for recognition  
as a completed sale within one year. Assets held for sale are valued at the lower of the carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. No depreciation  
is charged whilst assets are classified as held for sale.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is calculated using the ‘First In First Out’ method. The cost of own beer consists  
of materials with the addition of relevant overhead expenses. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less 
estimated costs of completion and the costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.

Financial instruments
Financial assets
Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are recognised at their original invoiced amounts, less an allowance for any amounts that are not considered to be collectible. In 
determining whether an amount is not collectible, the Group considers its past experience of collecting payments, increases in the number of delayed 
payments past the average credit period, as well as changes in national or economic conditions that correlate with default on receivables. Increases to the 
allowance account are recognised in the Income Statement within operating costs. At the point a trade receivable is written off the ledger as uncollectible, 
the cost is charged against the allowance account and any subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to the Income Statement.

Cash and short-term deposits
Cash and short-term deposits comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less.

Derecognition
A financial asset (or, where applicable, a part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is derecognised where the rights to receive cash 
flows from the asset have expired.

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables do not bear interest and are carried at original cost.

Bank loans, overdrafts and debentures
Interest bearing bank loans, overdrafts and debentures are initially recorded at the fair value of proceeds received, net of direct issue costs, and thereafter 
at amortised cost. Finance charges, including premiums payable on settlement or redemption and direct issue costs, are accounted for on an effective 
interest rate basis in the Income Statement. Finance charges are added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they are not settled 
in the period in which they arise.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS76

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

1. Authorisation of Financial Statements and Accounting Policies continued
Derecognition
A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires. Where an existing financial liability 
is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an 
exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability, such that the difference in the 
respective carrying amounts together with any costs or fees incurred are recognised in profit or loss.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging
In order to hedge its exposure to certain foreign exchange transaction risks, the Group enters into forward foreign exchange contracts. In order to hedge 
its exposure to interest rate risks, the Group enters into interest rate derivative contracts. The Group uses these contracts in order to hedge known 
borrowings. The Group does not use any derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. 

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently 
remeasured at fair value. Derivatives are carried as assets when the fair value is positive and as liabilities when the fair value is negative. The fair value 
of forward currency contracts is calculated by reference to current forward exchange rates for contracts with similar maturity profiles. The fair value 
of interest rate swap and cap contracts is determined by reference to market values for similar instruments. This represents a Level 2 fair value under 
the hierarchy in IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement.

For those derivatives designated as hedges and for which hedge accounting is desired, the hedging relationship is documented at its inception. 
This documentation identifies the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged and how effectiveness 
will be measured throughout its duration. Such hedges are expected at inception to be highly effective. For the purpose of hedge accounting, hedges 
are classified as cash flow hedges when hedging an exposure to variability in cash flows that is either attributable to a particular risk associated with 
a recognised asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction.

Interest rate swaps are classified as cash flow hedges. If they are effective hedges, then any changes in fair value are deferred in equity until the hedged 
transaction occurs, when any changes in fair value will be recycled through the Income Statement together with any changes in the fair value of the 
hedged item. If the hedges are not effective hedges, then any changes in fair value are recognised in the Income Statement immediately.

If a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, amounts previously recognised in equity are transferred to profit or loss. If the hedging instrument 
expires or is sold, terminated or exercised without replacement or rollover, or if its designation as a hedge is revoked, amounts previously recognised in 
equity remain in equity until the forecast transaction occurs and are then transferred to the Income Statement.

Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are taken to the Income Statement.

The put and call options for the remaining shares in The Stable Pizza & Cider Limited and Nectar Imports Limited are recognised as derivative financial 
instruments measured using Level 3 fair value valuation techniques.

Classification of shares as debt or equity
When shares are issued, any component that creates a financial liability of the Company or Group is presented as a liability in the Balance Sheet; measured 
initially at fair value net of transaction costs and thereafter at amortised cost until extinguished on conversion or redemption. The corresponding dividends 
relating to the liability component are charged as interest expense in the Income Statement. The initial fair value of the liability component is determined 
using a market rate for an equivalent liability without a conversion feature.

The remainder of the proceeds on issue is allocated to the equity component and included in shareholders’ equity, net of transaction costs. The carrying 
amount of the equity component is not remeasured in subsequent years.

The Group’s ordinary shares are classified as equity instruments. For the purposes of the disclosures given in note 26 , the Group considers its capital 
to comprise its ordinary share capital, share premium, capital redemption reserve, hedging reserve and accumulated retained earnings plus its preference 
shares which are classified as a financial liability in the Balance Sheet. There have been no changes to what the Group considers to be capital since the 
prior year.

Preference shares
The Group’s preference shares are reported under non-current liabilities. The corresponding dividends on preference shares are charged as interest in the 
Income Statement. Preference shares carry interest at fixed rates.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.77

1. Authorisation of Financial Statements and Accounting Policies continued 
Revenue
Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and revenue can be reliably measured. 
It is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable, net of discounts and VAT.

Sales of goods are recognised when the goods are delivered and title has passed. Rental income is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term  
of the lease. Revenue for bedroom accommodation is recognised at the point the services are rendered. Amusement machine revenue is recognised  
in the accounting period to which the income relates.

Finance revenue
Finance revenue is recognised as interest accrues using the effective interest method.

Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs are generally recognised as an expense when incurred. Interest expenses directly attributable to the acquisition or construction of an asset 
that takes a substantial period of time to get ready for use are capitalised as part of the cost of the assets being created. This is applied to development 
projects where the development is expected to last in excess of six months at the commencement of the project.

Separately disclosed items
The Group presents as separately disclosed items on the face of the Income Statement those material items of income and expense which, because of the 
nature or expected infrequency of the events giving rise to them, merit separate presentation to allow shareholders to understand better the elements 
of financial performance in the year, so as to facilitate comparison with prior periods and to better assess trends in financial performance.

Share-based payments
The Group has an employee Share Incentive Plan that awards shares to employees based on the reported profits of the Group for the year, and a Long Term 
Incentive Plan that awards shares to Directors and Senior Executives subject to specific performance criteria. The Group also issues equity-settled 
share-based payments to certain employees under approved and unapproved share option schemes and a Savings Related Share Option Scheme.

The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are 
granted and is recognised as an expense over the vesting period, which ends on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the 
award. Fair value is determined using an appropriate pricing model. In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any vesting conditions. 
The Group has no equity-settled transactions that are linked to the price of the shares of the Company (market conditions).

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest. At each Balance Sheet date before vesting, the cumulative expense is calculated, 
representing the extent to which the vesting period has expired and management’s best estimate of the achievement or otherwise of non-market conditions 
and of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The movement in cumulative expense since the previous Balance Sheet date is recognised 
in the Income Statement, with a corresponding entry in equity.

Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified or a new award is designated as replacing a cancelled or settled award, the cost based on the 
original award terms continues to be recognised over the original vesting period. In addition, an expense is recognised over the remainder of the new vesting 
period for the incremental fair value of any modification, based on the difference between the fair value of the original award and the fair value of the 
modified award, both as measured on the date of the modification. No reduction is recognised if this difference is negative.

Where an equity-settled award is cancelled (including when a non-vesting condition within the control of the entity or employee is not met), it is treated 
as if it had vested on the date of cancellation, and any cost not yet recognised in the Income Statement for the award is expensed immediately. 
Any compensation paid up to the fair value of the award at the cancellation or settlement date is deducted from equity, with any excess over fair value 
being treated as an expense in the Income Statement.

Own shares
Shares to be awarded under employee incentive plans and those that have been awarded but have yet to vest unconditionally are held at cost by an 
employee share ownership trust and shown as a deduction from equity in the Balance Sheet.

In addition to the purchase of shares by the various employee share ownership trusts for specific awards, the Group also from time to time acquires own 
shares to be held as treasury shares. These shares are occasionally but not exclusively used to satisfy awards under various share option schemes. Treasury 
shares are held at cost and shown as a deduction from total equity in the Balance Sheet.

Consideration received for the sale of such shares is also recognised in equity, with any difference between the proceeds from sale and the original cost 
being taken to reserves. No gain or loss is recognised in the performance statements on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of treasury shares.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS78

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

1. Authorisation of Financial Statements and Accounting Policies continued
Taxation
Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

Current tax
The current tax payable is based on taxable profit for the year using UK tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the Balance Sheet date and any 
adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the Income Statement because it excludes 
items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years or are never taxable or deductible.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences at the Balance Sheet date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts 
for financial reporting purposes. 

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, 
carry-forward of unused tax assets and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which they can 
be utilised.

Such deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised where the asset or liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability 
in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss. 
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each Balance Sheet date.

Deferred tax is not recognised in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, where the timing of the reversal 
of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, 
based on tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the Balance Sheet date.

Current and deferred tax for the year
Current and deferred tax are recognised in the Income Statement except when they relate to items that are recognised in the Statement of  
Comprehensive Income or in equity, in which case the current and deferred tax are also recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income 
or directly in equity respectively.

Pensions and other post-employment benefits
Defined contribution schemes
Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit schemes are charged to the Income Statement as they fall due.

Defined benefit schemes
The Group operated a defined benefit pension plan for eligible employees where contributions were made into a separate fund administered by trustees. 
The Scheme closed to future accrual in January 2015.

The cost of providing benefits under the defined benefit plan is determined using the projected unit credit method calculated by qualified actuaries. 
This attributes entitlement to benefits to the current period (to determine current service cost) and to the current and prior periods (to determine 
the present value of defined benefit obligation) and is based on actuarial advice. Past service costs are recognised in the Income Statement on a  
straight-line basis over the vesting period or immediately if the benefits have vested.

When a settlement (eliminating all obligations for benefits already accrued) or a curtailment (reducing future obligations as a result of a material reduction 
in the scheme membership or a reduction in future entitlement) occurs, the obligation and related plan assets are remeasured using current actuarial 
assumptions and the resultant gain or loss is recognised in the Income Statement during the period in which the settlement or curtailment occurs.

The Group determines the net interest charge on the net defined benefit liability/(asset) for the period by applying the discount rate used to measure 
the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the period to the net pension liability/(asset) at the beginning of the period. The net interest charge 
is recognised immediately as a separately disclosed finance cost/(income) in the Income Statement. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in 
the Statement of Comprehensive Income in the period in which they occur.

The defined benefit pension asset or liability in the Balance Sheet comprises the total of the present value of the defined benefit obligation (using 
a discount rate based on high quality corporate bonds), less any past service cost not yet recognised and less the fair value of plan assets out of which 
the obligations are to be settled directly. Fair value is based on market price information and in the case of quoted securities is the published bid price. 
The value of a net pension benefit asset is restricted to the sum of any unrecognised past service costs and the present value of any amount the Group 
expects to recover by way of refunds from the plan or reductions in the future contributions.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.79

1. Authorisation of Financial Statements and Accounting Policies continued 
Foreign currencies
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recorded at the rates of exchange ruling at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities 
are translated at the year end exchange rates and the resulting exchange differences are taken to the Income Statement, except where hedge accounting 
is applied.

Dividends
Dividends recommended by the Board but unpaid at the year end are not recognised in the financial statements until they are paid (in the case of the 
interim dividend) or approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting (in the case of the final dividend).

Financial guarantee contracts
Where the Company enters into contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other companies within the Group, the Company considers these to be 
insurance arrangements, and accounts for them as such. In this respect the Company treats the guarantee contracts as a contingent liability until such 
time as it becomes probable that the Company will be required to make a payment under the guarantee.

The Company’s investments in subsidiaries
The Company recognises its investments in subsidiaries at cost. Income is recognised from these investments only in relation to distributions received 
from post-acquisition profits.

New standards and interpretations issued but not yet applied
The IASB and IFRIC have issued the following standards and interpretations with an effective date for periods starting on or after the date on which these 
financial statements start:

•  IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (effective 1 January 2018)
•  IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (2014) (effective 1 January 2018)
•  Amendments to IFRS 4: Applying IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ with IFRS 4 ‘Insurance Contracts’ (effective 1 January 2018)
•  Amendments to IFRS 1: First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (effective 1 January 2018)
•  Amendments to IAS 28: Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (effective 1 January 2018)
•  IFRIC 22 Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration (effective 1 January 2018)
•  Amendments to IFRS 2: Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions (effective 1 January 2018)
•  Amendments to IAS 40: Transfers of Investment Property (effective 1 January 2018)
•  IFRS 16 Leases (effective 1 January 2019)
•  Amendments to IFRS 9: Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation (effective 1 January 2019)
•  IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments (effective 1 January 2019) 
•  Amendments to IAS 28: Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures (effective 1 January 2019) 
•  Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2015-2017 Cycle (effective 1 January 2019)
•  IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts (effective 1 January 2021)

The Directors expect that the adoption of the Standards and Interpretations listed below will have a material impact on the financial statements 
of the Group in future periods: 

•  IFRS 16 replaces IAS 17, Leases, and significantly revises the way that entities will account for leases. It will result in most leases being accounted for 

on-balance sheet recognising a new category of right-of-use asset and liability based on discounted future lease payments. The impact on the results of 
the Group are expected to be material, with the asset being depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or its useful life and the lease payment being 
apportioned between a finance charge and capital repayment. The Group is continuing to assess the potential impact on its financial statements. 

The Directors expect that the adoption of the Standards and Interpretations listed below will not have a material impact on the financial statements of the 
Group in future periods:

•  The application of IFRS 9 may change the measurement and presentation of many financial instruments, depending on their contractual cash flows and 
the business model under which they are held. The impact on the results of the Group are unlikely to be material, but may lead to existing economic 
hedging arrangements meeting the requirements for hedge accounting.

•  IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, replaces existing revenue recognition guidance, including IAS 18, Revenue, IAS 11, Construction 
Contracts and IFRIC 13, Customer Loyalty Programmes, and establishes a comprehensive framework for determining whether, how much and when 
revenue is recognised by introducing a five step model. The impact on the results of the Group are unlikely to be material.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS80

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

2. Segmental Analysis
Operating Segments
For management purposes, the Group’s operating segments are:

•  Managed Pubs and Hotels, which comprises managed pubs, managed hotels and The Stable Pizza & Cider Limited;
•  Tenanted Inns, which comprises pubs operated by third parties under tenancy or lease agreements; and
•  The Fuller’s Beer Company, which comprises the brewing and distribution of beer, cider, wines, spirits and soft drinks, Nectar Imports Limited and  

The Dark Star Brewing Company Limited.

The Group’s business is vertically integrated. The most important measure used to evaluate the performance of the business is adjusted profit, which  
is the profit before tax, adjusted for separately disclosed items. The operating segments are organised and managed separately according to the nature of 
the products and services provided, with each segment representing a strategic operating unit. More details of these segments are given in the Strategic 
Report on pages 6 to 33 of this report. Segment performance is evaluated based on operating profit before separately disclosed items and is measured 
consistently with the operating profit before separately disclosed items in the consolidated financial statements.

Transfer prices between operating segments are set on an arm’s length basis in a manner similar to transactions with third parties. Segment revenue, 
segment expense and segment result include transfers between operating segments. Those transfers are eliminated on consolidation. Group financing, 
including finance costs and revenue, and taxation are managed on a Group basis.

As segment assets and liabilities are not regularly provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker, the Group has elected, as provided under IFRS 8 
Operating Segments (amended), not to disclose a measure of segment assets and liabilities.

52 weeks ended 31 March 2018

Revenue

Segment revenue

Inter-segment sales

Revenue from third parties

Segment result

Operating separately disclosed items

Operating profit 

Profit on disposal of properties

Net finance costs

Profit before tax

Other segment information

Capital expenditure: property, plant and equipment

Business combinations (note 17)

Depreciation and amortisation

Impairment of property

Reversal of impairment on property

1  Unallocated expenses represent primarily the salaries and costs of central management.

Managed 
Pubs and 
Hotels
 £m

Tenanted 
Inns
 £m

The Fuller’s 
Beer 
Company
 £m

Unallocated1
£m

Total
 £m 

271.2

30.2

152.9

–

271.2

33.4

–

30.2

12.9

(50.7)

102.2

6.8

(3.9)

–

–

–

18.8

1.5

16.4

(3.5)

0.8

3.0

2.8

1.5

–

0.8

5.8

6.3

3.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

454.3

(50.7)

403.6

49.2

(4.7)

44.5

6.1

(7.0)

43.6

27.6

10.6

21.7

(3.5)

1.6

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.2. Segmental Analysis continued

53 weeks ended 1 April 2017

Revenue

Segment revenue

Inter-segment sales

Revenue from third parties

Segment result

Operating separately disclosed items

Operating profit 

Profit on disposal of properties

Net finance costs

Profit before tax

Other segment information

Capital expenditure: property, plant and equipment

Business combinations (note 17)

Depreciation and amortisation

Impairment of property

Reversal of impairment on property

81

Managed 
Pubs and 
Hotels
 £m

Tenanted 
Inns 
£m

The Fuller’s 
Beer 
Company 
£m

Unallocated1
£m

Total
 £m

261.3

31.2

147.9

261.3

32.4

31.2

13.2

(48.4)

99.5

8.0

–

–

–

(4.1)

26.0

19.3

15.7

–

–

2.1

–

1.6

–

–

6.9

1.5

3.7

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

440.4

(48.4)

392.0

49.5

(3.1)

46.4

0.9

(7.4)

39.9

35.0

20.8

21.0

–

–

1  Unallocated expenses represent primarily the salaries and costs of central management.

Geographical Information
The majority of the Group’s business is within the UK and the Group identifies two distinct geographical markets:

52 weeks ended 31 March 2018

Revenue

Sales to external customers

53 weeks ended 1 April 2017

Revenue

Sales to external customers

UK
 £m

Rest of 
the World
 £m

Total 
£m

395.4

8.2

403.6

UK
 £m

Rest of 
the World 
£m

Total
 £m

384.2

7.8

392.0

Sales to external customers disclosed in geographical information are based on the geographical location of the customer. All of the Group’s assets, liabilities 
and capital expenditure relate to the UK only.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS82

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

3. Revenue

Revenue disclosed in the Income Statement is analysed as follows:

Sale of goods and services

Rental income

4. Operating Costs

Production costs and cost of goods used in retailing 

Change in stocks of finished goods and beer in progress

Staff costs

Repairs and maintenance

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangibles

Operating lease rentals 

– minimum lease payments1

– contingent rents2

Separately disclosed items (note 5) 

Other

Included within minimum lease payments are sub-lease payments of £0.6 million (2017: £0.6 million).

1 
2  Contingent rents are dependent on turnover levels.

Details of income and direct expenses relating to rental income from investment properties are shown in note 12.

52 weeks 
ended
31 March 
2018 
£m

53 weeks 
ended 
1 April 
2017 
£m

393.3

10.3

403.6

382.0

10.0

392.0

52 weeks 
ended 
31 March 
2018 
£m

53 weeks 
ended
 1 April 
2017 
£m

187.2

149.1

(0.7)

1.6

103.8

100.8

12.9

20.9

0.8

9.5 

3.8

4.7

12.3

20.2

0.8

8.5

3.9

3.1

16.2

359.1

45.3

345.6

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.4. Operating Costs continued
a) Auditors’ Remuneration

Fees payable to Company’s auditors:

– Statutory audit fees of Group financial statements

83

52 weeks 
ended 
31 March 
2018 
£m

53 weeks 
ended 
1 April 
2017 
£m

0.1

0.1

0.1 

0.1

Included in audit fees, is £30,000 payable to the Group auditors for audits of subsidiary undertakings. Other assurance fees of £15,000 comprising a half 
year review, other audit related services of £1,000 comprising covenant reporting and non-audit services of £1,515 comprising iXBRL tagging were also 
incurred in the period.

b) Staff Costs1

Wages and salaries2

Deemed remuneration on the future purchase of shares in The Stable

Social security costs

Pension benefits

1 
2 

Includes Directors.
Includes share-based payment expense.

c) Average Number of Employees1

The average monthly number of persons employed by the Group (including part-time staff) was as follows:

Fuller’s Inns

The Fuller’s Beer Company

Central Services

The average monthly number of persons employed by the Company (including part-time staff) was as follows:

Fuller’s Inns

The Fuller’s Beer Company

Central Services

1 

Includes Directors.

d) Directors’ Emoluments 
Full details are provided in the Directors’ Remuneration Report and tables on pages 47 to 61.

£m

96.0

(1.2)

7.2

1.8

£m

92.1

0.3

6.9

1.6

103.8

100.8

Number

Number

4,481

4,301

417

15

408

13

4,913

4,722

Number

Number

4,134

3,930

315

15

312

13

4,464

4,255

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS84

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

5. Separately Disclosed Items

Amounts included in operating profit:

Acquisition costs

Reorganisation costs

Deemed remuneration on the future purchase of shares in The Stable

Impairment of properties

Reversal of impairment on property

Replacement of core IT systems

Total separately disclosed items included in operating profit

Profit on disposal of properties

Separately disclosed finance costs:

Finance charge on net pension liabilities

Total separately disclosed finance costs

Total separately disclosed items before tax

Separately disclosed tax:

Change in corporation tax rate (note 7)

Profit on disposal of properties

Other items

Total separately disclosed tax

Total separately disclosed items

52 weeks 
ended
 31 March 
2018
£m

53 weeks 
ended 
1 April 
2017 
£m

(0.6)

–

1.2

(3.5)

1.6

(3.4)

(4.7)

6.1

(1.0)

(1.0)

0.4

–

(1.0)

1.0

–

0.4

(1.3) 

(1.5) 

(0.3)

–

–

–

(3.1)

0.9

(0.8)

(0.8)

(3.0)

1.0

–

0.7

1.7

(1.3)

Acquisition costs of £0.6 million during the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018 (2017: £1.3 million) relate to transaction costs on property and business 
acquisitions. In the 53 weeks ended 1 April 2017, the costs incurred related to site acquisitions both completed and aborted. See note 17. 

The reorganisation costs of £1.5 million incurred in the prior period, were principally incurred within The Fuller’s Beer Company and primarily related to 
staff costs.

Deemed remuneration on the future purchase of shares in The Stable relates to the remuneration element of the decrease in the estimated value of the 
option remaining on The Stable group of companies. The current estimate of the amount payable for the remaining 24% is £1.6 million, which is accrued 
at the Balance Sheet date.

The property impairment charge of £3.5 million during the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018 relates to the write down of three licensed properties to their 
recoverable value. There were no property impairment charges during the 53 weeks ended 1 April 2017. The reversal of impairment on property credit of 
£1.6 million during the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018 relates to the write back of previously impaired licensed properties to their recoverable value. There 
were no property impairment charges or reversal of impairment for the 53 weeks ended 1 April 2017. 

The profit on disposal of properties of £6.1 million during the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018 (2017: £0.9 million) relates to the disposal of twelve licensed 
properties (2017: six licensed properties) and two unlicensed properties (2017: nil). 

The cash impact of operating separately disclosed items before tax for the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018 was £4.0 million cash outflow (2017: £2.4 
million cash outflow).

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. 
6. Finance Costs

Interest expense arising on:

Financial liabilities at amortised cost – loans and debentures

Financial liabilities at amortised cost – preference shares

Total interest expense for financial liabilities

Unwinding of discounts on provisions

Total finance costs before separately disclosed items

Finance charge on net pension liabilities (note 5)

Total finance costs

7. Taxation
Tax on Profit on Ordinary Activities

Group

Tax charged in the Income Statement

Current income tax:

Corporation tax

Amounts under/(over) provided in previous years

Total current income tax

Deferred tax:

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Change in corporation tax rate (note 5)

Amounts over provided in previous years

Total deferred tax

Total tax charged in the Income Statement

Analysed as:

Before separately disclosed items

Separately disclosed items

85

52 weeks 
ended 
31 March 
2018 
£m

53 weeks 
ended 
1 April 
2017 
£m

5.9

0.1

6.0

–

6.0

1.0

7.0

6.2

0.1

6.3

0.3

6.6

0.8

7.4

52 weeks 
ended
31 March 
2018
£m

53 weeks 
ended 
1 April 
2017 
£m

8.3

0.1

8.4

0.4

–

–

0.4

8.8

8.8

–

8.8

9.6

(0.1)

9.5

(1.0)

(1.0)

(0.1)

(2.1)

7.4

9.1

(1.7)

7.4

Reconciliation of the Total Tax Charge
The tax expense in the Income Statement for the year is higher (2017: lower) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19% (2017: 20%). 
The differences are reconciled below:

Profit from continuing operations before taxation

Accounting profit multiplied by the UK standard rate of corporation tax of 19% (2017: 20%)

Items not deductible for tax purposes

Current and deferred tax under/(over) provided in previous years

Change in corporation tax rate

Other

Total tax charged in the Income Statement

52 weeks 
ended 
31 March 
2018
£m

43.6

8.3

0.5

0.1

–

(0.1)

8.8

53 weeks 
ended
 1 April 
2017 
£m

39.9

8.0

0.5

(0.2)

(1.0)

0.1

7.4

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS86

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

7. Taxation continued
Deferred Tax Relating to Items Charged/(Credited) to the Income Statement

Deferred tax depreciation

Rolled over capital gains

Retirement benefit obligations

Employee share schemes

Pub acquisition costs

Others

Deferred tax in the Income Statement

Tax Relating to Items Charged/(Credited) to the Statement of Comprehensive Income

Deferred tax:

Change in corporation tax rate

Valuation gains on financial assets and liabilities

Net actuarial gains/(losses) on pension scheme

Total tax charged/(credited) in the Statement of Comprehensive Income

Tax Relating to Items Charged/(Credited) Directly to Equity 

Deferred tax:

Increase/(Reduction) in deferred tax liability due to indexation

Share-based payments

Deferred tax depreciation 

Current tax:

Share-based payments

Total tax charged/(credited) to equity

52 weeks 
ended
31 March 
2018
£m

53 weeks 
ended 
1 April 
2017
 £m

(1.2)

1.0

0.1

0.3

(0.1)

0.3

0.4

(1.5)

(0.6)

–

0.1

(0.1)

–

(2.1)

52 weeks 
ended 
31 March 
2018
 £m

53 weeks
ended
1 April 
2017 
£m

–

0.2

0.8

1.0

0.3

–

(2.4)

(2.1)

52 weeks 
ended 
31 March 
2018
£m

53 weeks 
ended 
1 April 
2017
£m

0.3

0.2

(0.1)

(0.1)

0.3

(0.1)

–

–

(0.1)

(0.2)

During the prior period The Finance Act 2016 received Royal Assent. The main impact was the reduction of the UK corporation tax rate from 18% to 17% 
from 1 April 2020. The impact in the 53 weeks to 1 April 2017 was a credit to separately disclosed items in the Income Statement of £1.0 million, and  
a change to the Statement of Comprehensive Income of £0.3 million.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.7. Taxation continued
Deferred Tax Provision
The deferred tax included in the Balance Sheet is as follows:

Group 

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations 
£m

4.2

–

2.1

–

6.3

(0.1)

(0.8)

–

–

5.4

Tax losses 
carried 
forward 
£m

0.6

–

–

–

0.6

–

–

–

–

0.6

Deferred tax asset/(liability)

Employee 
share 
schemes 
£m

Financial 
(liabilities)/ 
assets 
£m

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation 
£m

Rolled over 
capital gains 
£m

0.9

(0.1)

–

–

0.8

(0.3)

–

(0.2)

–

0.3

0.5

(10.3)

–

–

–

0.5

–

(0.2)

–

–

0.3

1.5

–

–

(8.8)

1.2

–

–

0.1

(7.5)

(8.7)

0.6

–

0.1

(8.0)

(1.0)

–

(0.3)

–

(9.3)

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations 
£m

Tax losses 
carried 
forward 
£m

Employee 
share 
schemes
 £m

Financial 
(liabilities)/ 
assets 
£m

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation 
£m

Rolled over 
capital gains 
£m

4.2

–

2.1

–

6.3

(0.1)

(0.8)

–

5.4

0.5

(0.2)

–

–

0.3

–

–

–

0.3

0.9

(0.1)

–

–

0.8

(0.3)

–

(0.2)

0.3

0.5

–

–

–

0.5

–

(0.2)

–

0.3

(9.9)

1.4

–

–

(8.5)

0.7

–

–

(7.8)

(8.7)

0.6

–

0.1

(8.0)

(1.0)

–

(0.3)

(9.3)

Deferred Tax

Balances at 26 March 2016

(Charge)/credit to income statement

(Charge)/credit to other  
comprehensive income

(Charge)/credit taken directly to equity

Balances at 1 April 2017

(Charge)/credit to income statement

(Charge)/credit to other  
comprehensive income

(Charge)/credit taken directly to equity

Fair value adjustment on acquisition

Balances at 31 March 2018

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Company

Deferred Tax

Balances at 26 March 2016

(Charge)/credit to income statement

(Charge)/credit to other  
comprehensive income

(Charge)/credit taken directly to equity

Balances at 1 April 2017

(Charge)/credit to income statement

(Charge)/credit to other  
comprehensive income

(Charge)/credit taken directly to equity

Balances at 31 March 2018

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

87

Other 
£m

2.1

0.1

–

–

2.2

(0.1)

–

–

(1.2)

0.9

2018 
£m

8.7

(18.0)

(9.3)

Other 
£m

1.7

(0.1)

–

–

1.6

0.2

–

–

1.8

2018
 £m

8.1

(17.1)

(9.0)

Total 
£m

(10.7)

2.1

2.1

0.1

(6.4)

(0.3)

(1.0)

(0.5)

(1.1)

(9.3)

2017 
£m

10.4

(16.8)

(6.4)

Total 
£m

(10.8)

1.6

2.1

0.1

(7.0)

(0.5)

(1.0)

(0.5)

(9.0)

2017 
£m

9.5

(16.5)

(7.0)

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS88

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

8. Earnings Per Share

Profit attributable to equity shareholders

Separately disclosed items net of tax

Adjusted earnings attributable to equity shareholders

Weighted average share capital

Dilutive outstanding options and share awards

Diluted weighted average share capital

40p ‘A’ and ‘C’ ordinary share

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Adjusted earnings per share

Diluted adjusted earnings per share

4p ‘B’ ordinary share

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Adjusted earnings per share

Diluted adjusted earnings per share

52 weeks 
ended 
31 March 
2018
£m

35.8

(1.1)

34.7

53 weeks 
ended 
1 April 
2017 
£m

 32.7 

 1.2 

 33.9

Number

Number

55,169,000 55,223,000

344,000

636,000 

55,513,000 55,859,000

Pence 

Pence 

64.89

64.49

62.90

62.51

Pence 

6.49

6.45

6.29

6.25

59.21

58.54

61.39

60.69

Pence 

 5.92 

 5.85 

 6.14 

 6.07

For the purposes of calculating the number of shares to be used above, ‘B’ shares have been treated as one-tenth of an ‘A’ or ‘C’ share. The earnings per 
share calculation is based on earnings from continuing operations and on the weighted average ordinary share capital which excludes shares held by trusts 
relating to employee share options and shares held in treasury of 1,815,668 (2017: 1,760,953). 

Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated using the same earnings figure as for basic earnings per share, divided by the weighted average number 
of ordinary shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on the conversion of all the dilutive 
potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares. Adjusted earnings per share are calculated on profit before tax excluding separately disclosed items and on 
the same weighted average ordinary share capital as for the basic and diluted earnings per share. Adjusted earnings per share measures have been included 
as the Directors consider that these measures better reflect the underlying earnings of the Group.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.9. Dividends

Declared and paid during the year

Equity dividends on ordinary shares:

Final dividend for 2017: 11.55p (2016: 11.00p)

Interim dividend for 2018: 7.55p (2017: 7.25p)

Equity dividends paid 

Dividends on cumulative preference shares (note 6)

Proposed for approval at the Annual General Meeting:

Final dividend for 2018: 12.00p (2017: 11.55p)

89

52 weeks 
ended
 31 March 
2018 
£m

53 weeks 
ended 
1 April 
2017 
£m

6.4

4.1

10.5

0.1

6.1

4.0

10.1

0.1

6.6

 6.4

The pence figures above are for the 40p ‘A’ ordinary shares and 40p ‘C’ ordinary shares. The 4p ‘B’ ordinary shares carry dividend rights of one-tenth 
of those applicable to the 40p ‘A’ ordinary shares. Own shares held in the employee share trusts do not qualify for dividends as the Trustees have waived 
their rights. Dividends are also not paid on own shares held as treasury shares.

10. Intangible Assets

Cost

At 26 March 2016

Acquisitions (note 17)

At 1 April 2017

Acquisitions (note 17)

At 31 March 2018

Amortisation and impairment

At 26 March 2016

Provided during the year

At 1 April 2017

Provided during the year

At 31 March 2018

Net book value at 31 March 2018

Net book value at 1 April 2017

Net book value at 26 March 2016

Group 
Goodwill 
£m

 32.7 

 – 

32.7

 – 

32.7

 0.6 

 –

0.6

–

0.6

32.1

32.1

 32.1 

–

– 

– 

7.2

7.2

–

–

–

–

–

7.2

–

–

Group and Company

Group 
Brand
£m

Lease 
assignment 
premiums 
£m

Distribution 
rights 
£m

Group 
Total
 £m

Company 
Total
 £m

 43.5 

 10.8 

 – 

43.5

7.2 

50.7

 – 

10.8

 –

10.8

 9.6 

 – 

9.6

 – 

9.6

 1.2 

 – 

1.2

 – 

1.2

 2.6 

 0.5 

 3.7 

 3.1 

0.6

3.2

0.6

3.8

5.8

6.4

 7.0 

0.2

0.7

0.2

0.9

0.3

0.5

 0.7 

0.8

4.5

0.8

5.3

45.4

39.0

 39.8 

0.8

3.9

0.8

4.7

6.1

6.9

 7.7

Brand 
On 20 February 2018, the Company purchased 100% of the shares in The Dark Star Brewing Company Limited, a manufacturer of beer, for £5.3 million. 
The value of the acquired brand was calculated using the royalty replacement method. The key assumptions used in determining the value in use of the  
Dark Star brand are a pre-tax discount rate of 8.9% and a nominal growth rate of 2.5% in perpetuity based on an assessment of likely long-term growth. 
Management projected cash flows for the first four years and a terminal value on the assumption that cash flows will increase thereafter at the nominal 
growth rate in perpetuity. The acquired brand has an indefinite life and is not amortised. The acquired brand is tested for impairment at least annually,  
and whenever there is an indication that the asset may be impaired. 

Lease Assignment Premiums
Amounts paid to acquire leasehold property (“lease assignment premiums”) are amortised on a straight-line basis over the remaining useful life of the lease. 
The amortisation is charged in the Income Statement in the line item “Operating costs” (note 4). There are six pubs on which we carry lease assignment 
premiums at 31 March 2018 (2017: six).

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS90

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

10. Intangible Assets continued
Distribution Rights
Distribution rights represent amounts paid to acquire the exclusive import and distribution rights to Sierra Nevada products within the UK. 
The amortisation is charged over the period of the rights in the Income Statement in the line item “Operating costs” (note 4).

Goodwill

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units as follows:

Gales estate

Jacomb Guinness estate

Cornish Orchards

The Stable Pizza & Cider Limited

Nectar Imports Limited

Key assumptions used in value in use calculations:

Long-term growth rate – Managed

Long-term growth rate – Tenanted

Long-term growth rate – Cornish Orchards, The Stable Pizza & Cider Limited

Long-term growth rate – Nectar Imports Limited

Pre-tax discount rate – Freehold

Pre-tax discount rate – Leasehold

Pre-tax discount rate – Cornish Orchards

Pre-tax discount rate – The Stable Pizza & Cider Limited, Nectar Imports Limited

Managed 
£m 

9.1

1.2

–

3.7

–

Tenanted
 £m 

13.6

–

–

–

–

14.0

13.6

Beer 
Company 
£m

–

–

2.6

–

1.9

4.5

2018
£m

22.7

1.2

2.6

3.7

1.9

2017
 £m

22.7

1.2

2.6

3.7

1.9

32.1

32.1

2018

2.0%

2.0%

2.0%

2.0%

5.3%

8.9%

8.9%

8.9%

2017

0.5%

1.0%

2.0%

nil

5.2%

10.2%

8.2%

10.2%

Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated for impairment testing on an estate and divisional cash-generating unit level. 
This represents the lowest level within the Group at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Recoverable amount is based 
on a calculation of value in use based upon the budget for the forthcoming financial year approved by senior management. For the Gales, Jacomb Guinness 
estates, Cornish Orchards and The Stable Pizza & Cider Limited, cash flows beyond the budget period are extrapolated in perpetuity on the assumption 
that the growth rate does not exceed the average long-term growth rate for the relevant markets. For Nectar Imports Limited, cash flows beyond the 
modelling horizon are valued on a conservative market multiple basis. The pre-tax discount rate applied to cash flow projections is based on the Directors’ 
assessment of the Group’s weighted average cost of capital and current market conditions.

The calculation of value in use is most sensitive to the assumptions in respect of achievement of budgeted cash flows, growth rate and discount rate. 
The calculation of value in use is also dependent on the following assumptions: sales volume; gross margin in managed premises; barrelage and rent 
projections in tenanted premises; wage cost in managed premises; and capital expansion in Cornish Orchards and The Stable Pizza & Cider Limited. 
Gross margins are based on historical performance levels. The key assumptions above have their assigned values based on management knowledge 
and historical information.

Sensitivity to Changes in Assumptions
Management have considered reasonable changes in key assumptions used in their calculations of value in use. They have concluded that such changes 
will not result in an impairment to any of the cash-generating units at 31 March 2018.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.11. Property, Plant and Equipment

Group 

Cost

At 26 March 2016

Additions

Acquisitions (note 17)

Disposals

Transfers from investment property

Transfer to assets held for sale

At 1 April 2017

Additions

Acquisitions (note 17)

Disposals

At 31 March 2018

Depreciation and impairment

At 26 March 2016

Provided during the year

Disposals

Transfer to assets held for sale

At 1 April 2017

Provided during the year

Disposals

Impairment loss net of reversals

At 31 March 2018

Net book value at 31 March 2018

Net book value at 1 April 2017

Net book value at 26 March 2016

91

Land & 
buildings
 £m

Plant, 
machinery 
& vehicles 
£m

Containers, 
fixtures & 
fittings
 £m

Total 
£m

 496.9 

 38.8 

 140.5 

 676.2 

13.3

16.4

(3.4)

0.5

(6.8)

516.9

7.9

4.3

(0.7)

528.4

2.8

–

19.8

0.2

35.9

16.6

(1.2)

(6.3)

(10.9)

–

–

40.4

3.4

–

(0.8)

43.0

–

(1.4)

152.8

14.6

–

(6.7)

0.5

(8.2)

710.1

25.9

4.3

(8.2)

160.7

732.1

 31.9

 24.3 

4.0

(0.6)

(1.2)

34.1

4.3

(0.7)

2.7

40.4

 86.2 

14.0

(5.9)

(1.1)

93.2

14.4

(6.7)

–

142.4

20.2

(7.7)

(2.3)

152.6

20.9

(8.2)

2.7

2.2

(1.2)

–

25.3

2.2

(0.8)

–

26.7

100.9

168.0

488.0

482.8

16.3

15.1

59.8

59.6

564.1

557.5

 465.0 

 14.5 

 54.3 

 533.8

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS92

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

11. Property, Plant and Equipment continued

Company 

Cost

At 26 March 2016

Additions

Acquisitions (note 17)

Disposals

Transfers from investment property

Transfer to assets held for sale

At 1 April 2017

Additions

Acquisitions (note 17)

Disposals

At 31 March 2018

Depreciation and impairment

At 26 March 2016

Provided during the year

Disposals

Transfer to assets held for sale

At 1 April 2017

Provided during the year

Disposals

Impairment loss net of reversals

At 31 March 2018

Net book value at 31 March 2018

Net book value at 1 April 2017

Net book value at 26 March 2016

Land & 
buildings
 £m

Plant, 
machinery 
& vehicles 
£m

Containers, 
fixtures & 
fittings 
£m

Total 
£m

 489.4 

 36.0 

 134.0 

 659.4 

9.0

16.4

(3.1)

0.5

(6.8)

505.4

7.3

4.3

(0.7)

516.3

2.3

–

18.4

0.2

29.7

16.6

(1.2)

(6.2)

(10.5)

–

–

37.1

3.2

–

(0.7)

39.6

–

(1.4)

145.0

13.7

–

(6.7)

0.5

(8.2)

687.5

24.2

4.3

(8.1)

152.0

707.9

 31.0 

 23.5 

 83.7 

 138.2 

3.3

(0.6)

(1.2)

32.5

3.7

(0.7)

(0.8)

34.7

481.6

472.9

1.9

(1.1)

–

24.3

1.9

(0.7)

–

25.5

14.1

12.8

12.8

(5.8)

(1.1)

89.6

13.0

(6.7)

–

18.0

(7.5)

(2.3)

146.4

18.6

(8.1)

(0.8)

95.9

156.1

56.1

55.4

551.8

541.1

 458.4 

 12.5 

 50.3 

 521.2

Group and Company
Interest capitalised
The amount of interest capitalised to date is £203,000 (2017: £203,000). The amount of interest capitalised in the year was £nil (2017: £nil).

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.93

11. Property, Plant and Equipment continued 
Impairment
The Group considers each trading outlet to be a cash-generating unit (“CGU”) and each CGU is reviewed annually for indicators of impairment. 
In assessing whether an asset has been impaired, the carrying amount of the CGU is compared to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount 
is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. In the absence of any information about the fair value of a CGU, the recoverable 
amount is deemed to be its value in use.

During the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018, the Group recognised an impairment loss of £3.5 million (2017: £nil) in respect of the write down of licensed 
properties purchased in recent years where their asset values exceeded either fair value less costs to sell or their value in use. The impairment losses were 
driven principally by changes in the local competitive environment in which the pubs are situated. Following an improvement in trading performance and an 
increase in the amounts of estimated future cash flows of certain previously impaired sites, reversals of £0.8 million were recognised during the 52 weeks 
ended 31 March 2018 (2017: £nil).

The key assumptions used in the value in use calculations are those detailed in note 10.

Sensitivity to Changes in Assumptions
The value in use calculations are sensitive to the assumptions used. The Directors consider a movement of 1% in the discount rate and 0.5% in the growth 
rate to be reasonable with reference to current market yield curves and the current economic conditions. The impact is set out as follows:

Impact on impairment of asset at risk – increase/(decrease)

Increase discount rate by 1%

Decrease discount rate by 1%

Increase growth rate by 0.5%

Decrease growth rate by 0.5%

12. Investment Properties

Cost at 26 March 2016

Additions

Transfer to property, plant & equipment

At 1 April 2017

Additions

Disposals

Transfer to property, plant & equipment

At 31 March 2018

Depreciation and impairment

At 26 March 2016 and 1 April 2017

Provided during the year

At 31 March 2018

Net book value at 31 March 2018

Net book value at 1 April 2017

Net book value at 26 March 2016

Fair value at 31 March 2018

Fair value at 1 April 2017

Fair value at 26 March 2016

2018
 £m

1.1

(0.3)

(0.2)

0.5

2017 
£m

4.9

(2.1)

(1.0)

2.2

Group and 
Company 
Freehold 
and leasehold 
properties 
£m

5.5

0.6

(0.5)

5.6

–

(0.1)

–

5.5

0.9 

–

0.9

4.6

 4.7 

 4.6 

14.4

12.1

11.2

The fair value of investment properties has been estimated by the Directors, based on the rental income earned on the properties during the year and 
average yields earned on comparable properties from publicly available information, which is a Level 3 fair value valuation technique. An independent 
valuation of the properties has not been performed.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS94

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

12. Investment Properties continued
Impairment
The Group considers each trading outlet to be a cash-generating unit (“CGU”) and each CGU is reviewed annually for indicators of impairment. 
In assessing whether an asset has been impaired, the carrying amount of the CGU is compared to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount 
is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. 

During the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018, the Group did not impair any investment properties (2017: £nil).

Investment Property Income
The properties are let on both landlord and tenant repairing leases. Amounts recognised in the profit for the financial year relating to rental income from 
investment properties are as follows:

Group and Company

Rental income 

Direct operating expenses

All direct operating expenses relate to properties that generate rental income.

13. Other Financial Assets and Liabilities

Group and Company

Interest rate cap

Total financial assets within non-current assets 

Subsidiary share purchase options

Total financial liabilities within current liabilities

Subsidiary share purchase options

Interest rate swaps

Foreign currency contracts

Total financial liabilities within non-current liabilities

2018 
£m

0.8

(0.1)

2017 
£m

0.7

(0.2)

Group 
2018 
£m

–

–

(3.7)

(3.7)

–

(1.8)

–

(1.8)

Group 
2017
 £m

0.1

0.1

–

–

(5.3)

(3.2)

–

(8.5)

Company 
2018 
£m

Company 
2017 
£m

–

–

–

–

–

(1.8)

–

(1.8)

0.1

0.1

–

–

–

(3.2)

–

(3.2)

Details of the interest rate swaps and caps are provided in note 26c (i).

Subsidiary share purchase options relate to the option to purchase the remaining shares in The Stable Pizza & Cider Limited and Nectar Imports Limited. 
The current estimate of the amount payable in respect of the remaining 24% of shares in The Stable Pizza & Cider Limited is £1.6 million (2017: £3.0 million 
for the 24% of shares remaining) which is included above. The current estimate of the amount payable in respect of the remaining 49% of shares in Nectar 
Imports Limited is £2.1 million (2017: £2.5 million) which is included above. 

14. Other Non-Current Assets

Group and Company

Loans to customers due after one year

15. Investments in Subsidiaries

Company

At 1 April 2017

Additions

At 31 March 2018

2018 
£m

0.4

2017 
£m

0.4

Cost 
£m

 Provision
 £m

Net book 
value 
£m

100.4

5.3

105.7

(0.2)

100.2

–

5.3

(0.2)

105.5

On 20 February 2018, the Group purchased 100% of the shares in The Dark Star Brewing Company Limited for £5.3 million as detailed in note 17.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.95

15. Investments in Subsidiaries continued

Subsidiary undertakings

Griffin Catering Services Limited

The Stable Pizza & Cider Limited

The Stable Bar & Restaurants Limited

Cornish Orchards Limited

Nectar Imports Limited 

G & M Leisure Limited

George Gale & Company Limited

FST Trustees Limited

Fuller, Smith & Turner Estates Limited 

Ringwoods Limited

Griffin Inns Limited

Jacomb Guinness Limited

45 Woodfield Limited

Grand Canal Trading Limited

The Dark Star Brewing Company Limited

Holding

Proportion held

Nature of business

£1 ordinary shares

100% (indirect)

Managed houses service company

£0.01 ordinary shares

£3.50 ‘B’ ordinary shares

76%

100%

Holding company

£1 ordinary shares

£1 ordinary shares

£1 ordinary shares

£1 ordinary shares

£1 ordinary shares

25p ‘A’ ordinary shares

£10 preference shares

£1 ordinary shares

£1 ordinary shares

£1 ordinary shares

£1 ordinary shares

£1 ordinary shares

£1 ordinary shares

£1 ordinary shares

£1 ordinary shares

76% (indirect) Restaurant ownership and management

100%

51%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100% (indirect)

100% (indirect)

100% (indirect)

Production of cider and soft drinks

Wholesale drinks distribution

Non-trading subsidiary

Non-trading subsidiary

Non-trading subsidiary

Non-trading subsidiary

Non-trading subsidiary

Non-trading subsidiary

Non-trading subsidiary

Non-trading subsidiary

Non-trading subsidiary

Manufacturer of beer

The above companies are registered and operate in England and Wales. The registered office of all subsidiary companies is the same as Fuller,Smith and Turner 
P.L.C. with the exception of Nectar Imports Limited which has its registered office at Cold Berwick Hill, Berwick St. Leonard, Salisbury, Wiltshire, SP3 5SN.

16. Non-Controlling Interest
Set out below are the movements in the non-controlling interest for The Stable Pizza & Cider Limited and Nectar Imports Limited in the year.

At 26 March 2016

Share of profit

Adjustments arising from change in non-controlling interest

At 1 April 2017

Share of profit

Adjustments arising from change in non-controlling interest

At 31 March 2018

£m

(4.4) 

(0.2)

1.5

(3.1)

(1.0)

0.2

(3.9)

In the current period, the adjustments arising from change in non-controlling interest relates to the change in valuation of the Nectar Imports Limited  
put and call option. In the prior period, the adjustments arising from change in non-controlling interest relates to the settlement of part of The Stable 
Pizza & Cider Limited put and call option, originally recognised in non-controlling interest, through the purchase of a further 25% share in The Stable Pizza 
& Cider Limited.

17. Business Combinations
On 20 February 2018, the Company purchased 100% of the shares in The Dark Star Brewing Company Limited, a manufacturer of beer, for £6.3 million.

The Company has the option to acquire the remaining 49% of the shares in Nectar Imports Limited in 2018 and a liability of £2.1 million has been 
recognised at the balance sheet date, which reflects management’s best estimate of the option value. Under the terms of the agreement the total 
consideration will not exceed £10 million (see note 13).

In the prior year, the Company purchased an additional 25% of the shares in The Stable Pizza & Cider Limited for £2.7 million, bringing the Company’s 
interest in The Stable Pizza & Cider Limited to 76%. The Company has the option to acquire the remaining 24% of shares in 2018 and a liability of 
£1.6 million has been recognised at the balance sheet date, which reflects management’s best estimate of the option value (see note 13). 

The Company also paid £1.2 million in contingent consideration to the former owners of Cornish Orchards Limited, which was acquired on 4 June 2013, 
and £0.3 million to the company that formerly held the import and distribution rights to Sierra Nevada. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS96

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

17. Business Combinations continued
During the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018, the Company has individually acquired two new pubs for £4.3 million, both of which have been treated as 
business combinations as they were operating as a business at the point the Company acquired them.

Number of pubs/restaurants purchased

Provisional fair value

Property, plant and equipment

Investment properties

Intangible assets

Current assets

Deferred tax

Cash/(net debt)

Deferred revenue, trade and other payables

Goodwill

Non-controlling interest

Consideration

Satisfied by:

Purchase of equity

Repayment of shareholder loans

Purchase of property

Total

2018

2018

2017

The Dark Star 
Brewing 
Company 
Limited

Pubs and 
Restaurants

Pubs and 
Restaurants

 –

£m

–

–

7.2

0.6

(1.1)

(0.1)

(0.3)

–

–

6.3

5.3

1.0

–

6.3

2

£m

4.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

4.3

–

–

4.3

4.3

4

£m

16.6 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

16.6 

 – 

–

16.6

16.6

Costs associated with the acquisitions have been charged to separately disclosed items within operating costs in the Consolidated Income Statement for the 
52 weeks ended 31 March 2018. These comprised primarily stamp duty, stamp duty land tax,legal and other property fees (see note 5).

The acquisitions have contributed the following operating profit to the Group in the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018 from the date of acquisition:

Operating profit

2018

2017

Pubs and 
Restaurants 
£m

Pubs and 
Restaurants 
£m

–

0.4

It is not practical to identify the related cash flows, revenue and profit on an annualised basis as the months for which the businesses have been owned  
are not representative of the annualised figures. The pre-acquisition trading results are not indicative of the trading expected going forward following the 
significant redevelopment of the pubs and restaurants by the Group, and cost savings expected in The Dark Star Brewing Company Limited, therefore 
pro-forma trading results have not been included.

18. Inventories

Group and Company

Raw materials, beer and cider in progress

Beer, wines and spirits

Stock at retail outlets

Group
 2018 
£m

2.0

7.3

4.2

Group 
2017 
£m

 2.0 

 7.7 

 4.3 

Company 
2018 
£m

Company 
2017
 £m

1.9

5.7

4.0

 2.0 

 6.2 

 4.0 

13.5

 14.0 

11.6

 12.2

The difference between purchase price or production cost and their replacement cost is not material.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.19. Trade and Other Receivables

Group and Company

Trade receivables

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

97

Group 
2018 
£m

16.3

–

3.6

3.0

Group 
2017
 £m

14.3 

– 

3.7 

3.6 

22.9

21.6 

Company 
2018 
£m

Company 
2017
 £m

12.7

24.1

3.1

2.6

42.5

11.6 

23.9 

3.5 

3.3 

42.3

Company amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings of £24.1 million (2017: £23.9 million) have no fixed repayment date. Interest is payable on the balance 
at the higher of either the Bank of England base rate plus 4% or 8%. 

The trade receivables balance above is shown net of the provision for bad debts. As a general rule the Group provides fully against all trade receivables 
which are over six months overdue. In addition to this there are specific provisions against individual balances which are considered by management 
to be at risk of default. 

The movements on this bad debt provision during the year are summarised below:

Group and Company

Trade receivables provision at 1 April 2017

Increase in provision recognised in profit and loss

Amounts written off during the year

Trade receivables provision at 31 March 2018

2018 
£m

1.5

–

(0.1)

1.4

2017 
£m

1.6 

– 

(0.1) 

1.5

The provision for trade receivables is recorded in the accounts separately from the gross receivable. The contractual ageing of the trade receivables balance 
is as follows:

Current

Overdue up to 30 days

Overdue between 30 and 60 days

Overdue more than 60 days

Trade receivables before provision

Less provision

Trade receivables net of provision 

Group 
2018 
£m

15.2

0.9

0.4

1.2

17.7

(1.4)

16.3

Group 
2017
 £m

15.2 

0.5 

0.1 

 – 

15.8 

(1.5) 

14.3 

Company 
2018 
£m

Company 
2017 
£m

12.5

0.3

0.2

1.1

14.1

(1.4)

12.7

13.0 

0.1 

– 

– 

13.1 

(1.5) 

11.6

Included in the Group’s trade receivables balance are trade receivables with a carrying value of £nil (2017: £nil) which are overdue at the Balance Sheet date 
for which the Group has not provided as the Group considers these amounts to be recoverable.

In addition, there are loans to customers included in other receivables of £0.4 million (2017: £0.4 million) due within one year and £0.6 million 
(2017: £0.5 million) due in more than one year, against which there is a provision of £0.3 million (2017: £0.3 million).

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS98

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

20. Assets Classified as Held For Sale

Property, plant and equipment

The movements in assets classified as held for sale during the year are summarised below:

Assets held for sale at the start of the year

Assets disposed of during the year

Reversal of impairment on assets held for sale

Transfer from property, plant and equipment

Assets held for sale at the end of the year

Group
 2018
 £m

2.1

2.1

Group
 2018
 £m

5.9

(4.6)

0.8

–

2.1

Group 
2017 
£m

5.9 

5.9 

Company 
2018
 £m

Company 
2017 
£m

2.1

2.1

5.9 

5.9

Group 
2017 
£m

0.5 

(0.5) 

–

5.9 

5.9 

Company 
2018
 £m

Company 
2017 
£m

5.9

(4.6)

0.8

–

2.1

0.5 

(0.5) 

–

5.9 

5.9

At 31 March 2018 the Group identified four properties which meet the criteria of being assets classified as held for sale. These properties were reclassified 
from property, plant and equipment as the carrying amounts of the properties identified are to be recovered principally through sale transactions rather 
than through continuing use.

21. Trade and Other Payables

Due within one year:

Trade payables

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings

Other tax and social security

Other payables

Accruals

Group 
2018
£m

27.8

–

10.3

10.0

15.9

64.0

Group 
2017 
£m

27.2 

–

10.6 

11.8 

19.0 

68.6 

Company 
2018 
£m

23.1

106.9

9.6

9.1

15.0

163.7

Company 
2017
 £m

23.3 

104.6 

10.3 

11.6 

18.0 

167.8

Company amounts due to subsidiary undertakings of £106.9 million (2017: £104.6 million) have no fixed repayment date. Interest is payable on the balance 
at 3% above the Bank of England base rate. All other significant trade and other payables balances due within one year are at nil rate of interest.

Due in more than one year:

Deferred revenue

Group 
2018
 £m

0.2 

Group 
2017 
£m

0.2 

Company 
2018
 £m

Company 
2017 
£m

– 

–

Included in other payables is £0.2 million (2017: £0.2 million) of deferred revenue which relates to government grants received for the purchase 
and construction of plant, property and equipment by Cornish Orchards Limited. There are no unfulfilled conditions and contingencies attached 
to these amounts.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.22. Cash, Borrowings and Net Debt
Cash and Short-Term Deposits

Cash at bank and in hand

99

Group 
2018 
£m

11.7 

Group 
2017 
£m

15.3 

Company 
2018
 £m

Company 
2017 
£m

9.7

12.8

For the purposes of the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement, cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and in hand, as above. Cash at bank earns 
interest at floating rates.

Borrowings 

Bank loans

Other loans

Debenture stock

Preference shares

Total borrowings

Analysed as:

Borrowings within current liabilities

Borrowings within non-current liabilities

Group 
2018 
£m

Group 
2017 
£m

Company 
2018
 £m

Company 
2017 
£m

185.9

193.7 

185.9

193.7 

0.2

25.9

1.6

0.2 

25.9 

1.6 

–

25.9

1.6

– 

25.9 

1.6 

213.6

221.4 

213.4

221.2 

30.0

183.6

213.6

20.0 

201.4 

221.4 

30.0

183.4

213.4

20.0 

201.2 

221.2

All borrowings at both year ends are denominated in Sterling and where appropriate are stated net of issue costs. Further information on borrowings is given 
in note 26.

Bank Loans
Group and Company
£126.7 million of the Company’s existing main bank facilities expire in August 2021. Of the remaining £83.3 million, £50.0 million expire in August 2019 
and £33.3 million expire in August 2020. 

At 31 March 2018, £53.5 million (2017: £35.5 million) of the total of £210.0 million (2017: £210.0 million) committed bank facility was available 
and undrawn.

In addition, the Company renewed and extended a short-term £30.0 million (2017: £20 million) bank facility with a one year fixed term expiring 
in August 2018 (2017: expiring in August 2017). At 31 March 2018 this facility was fully drawn.

The bank loans at 31 March 2018 are unsecured, and are repayable as shown in the table below. Interest is payable at LIBOR plus a margin, which varies 
dependent on the ratio of net debt to EBITDA. The variable rate interest payments under the loans have been partially swapped for fixed interest payments 
and a proportion of the remaining variable interest payments have also been capped. Details of the swap and cap arrangements are given in note 26.

The bank loans are repayable as follows:

On demand or within one year

Current liabilities

In the first to second years inclusive

In the third to fifth year inclusive

Less: bank loan arrangement fees

Non-current liabilities

2018
 £m

30.0

30.0

2017 
£m

 20.0 

 20.0 

50.0

106.5

 50.0 

 124.5 

(0.6)

(0.8) 

155.9

 173.7

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS100

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

22. Cash, Borrowings and Net Debt continued
Debenture Stock
Group and Company
The debenture stocks are secured on specified fixed and floating assets of the Company and are redeemable on maturity.

Debenture stock repayable after five years:

10.70% 1st Mortgage Debenture Stock 2023

6.875% Debenture Stock 2028 (first floating charge)

Less: discount on issue

Non–current liabilities

2018
 £m

6.0

20.0

(0.1)

25.9

2017 
£m

6.0

20.0

(0.1)

25.9

Preference Shares
The Company’s preference shares are classified as debt. The shares are not redeemable and are included in borrowings within non-current liabilities. 
See note 24 for further details of the preference shares. 

Analysis of Net Debt

Group

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and short-term deposits

Debt

Bank loans2

Other loans

Debenture stock

Preference shares

Net debt

1  Non-cash movements relate to the amortisation of arrangement fees.
2  Bank loans net of arrangement fees.

Group

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and short-term deposits

Debt

Bank loans2

Other loans

Debenture stock

Preference shares

Net debt

At 
1 April 
2017 
£m

15.3 

15.3 

Cash flows 
£m

Non-cash1 
£m

At
 31 March
 2018 
£m

(3.6)

(3.6)

–

–

11.7

11.7

(193.7)

8.0

(0.2)

(185.9)

(0.2)

(25.9)

(1.6)

(221.4)

(206.1)

At 
26 March 
2016
 £m

6.2 

6.2 

–

–

–

8.0

4.4

Cash 
flows 
£m

9.1 

9.1 

–

–

–

(0.2)

(25.9)

(1.6)

(0.2)

(0.2)

(213.6)

(201.9)

Non-cash1 
£m

– 

– 

At
 1 April
2017
 £m

15.3 

15.3 

(177.0)

(16.5)

(0.2)

(193.7)

(0.2)

(25.9)

(1.6)

(204.7)

(198.5)

– 

–

–

– 

– 

–

(0.2)

(25.9)

(1.6)

(16.5)

(7.4)

(0.2)

(0.2)

(221.4)

(206.1)

1  Non-cash movements relate to the amortisation of arrangement fees.
2  Bank loans net of arrangement fees.

The Company net debt is as above excluding “Other loans” of £0.2 million (2017: £0.2 million) and cash of £2.0 million (2017: £2.5 million) which are held 
by subsidiary companies. Company net debt as at 31 March 2018 was £203.7 million (2017: £208.4 million).

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.101

23. Pensions
a) Retirement Benefit Plans – Group and Company
The Group operates one closed funded defined benefit pension scheme, the Fuller Smith & Turner Pension Plan (the “Scheme”). The plan is defined 
benefit in nature, with assets held in separate professionally managed, Trustee-administered funds. The Scheme is an HM Revenue & Customs registered 
pension plan and subject to standard United Kingdom pension and tax law. On 1 January 2015 the plan was closed to future accrual.

The Group also operates three defined contribution stakeholder pension plans for its employees. The Fuller’s Stakeholder Pension Plan was set up for new 
employees of the Parent Company after the closure of the Fuller, Smith & Turner Pension Plan to new entrants on 1 August 2005. The Griffin Stakeholder 
Pension Plan operates for those employees of a Group subsidiary. The Gales 2001 scheme was set up following the closure of the Gales defined benefit 
scheme in 2001. 

The Group offers workplace pensions to all employees who are not members of the three defined contribution stakeholder pension plans. The Group offers 
these pensions through the National Employment Savings Trust (“NEST”).

The Group also pays benefits, which are unfunded, to a number of former employees. The Directors consider these benefits to be defined benefit in nature 
and the full defined benefit liability is recognised on the Balance Sheet.

Group and Company

Total amounts charged in respect of pensions in the period

Charged to Income Statement:

Defined benefit scheme – operating profit

Defined benefit scheme – net finance charge

Defined contribution schemes – total operating charge

(Credit) / charge to equity:

Defined benefit schemes – net actuarial (gains) / losses

Total pension (credit) / charge

52 weeks 
ended
 31 March 
2018 
£m

53 weeks 
ended
 1 April
 2017 
£m

–

1.0

1.7

2.7

0.3 

0.8 

1.2

2. 3

(4.4)

(1.7)

14.6 

17.0

b) Defined Contribution Stakeholder Pension Plans – Group and Company
The total cost charged to income in respect of the defined contribution stakeholder schemes is shown above.

c) Defined Benefit Plans – Group and Company
The Scheme provides pensions and lump sums to members on retirement and to their dependants on death. 

Trustees are appointed by both the Company and the Scheme’s membership and act in the interest of the Scheme and all relevant stakeholders, including 
the members and the Company. The Trustees are also responsible for the investment of the Scheme’s assets. 

The Company pays the costs as determined by regular actuarial valuations. The Trustees are required to use prudent assumptions to value the liabilities and 
costs of the Scheme whereas the accounting assumptions must be best estimates.

Responsibility for making good any deficit on the Scheme lies with the Company and this introduces a number of risks for the Company. The major risks are: 

•  Interest and investment risk – The value of the Scheme’s assets are subject to volatility in equity prices. The Scheme has diversified its investments 

to reduce the impact of volatility and variable interest return rates;

•  Inflation risk – The defined benefit obligation is linked to inflation so higher rates would result in a higher defined benefit obligation; and 
•  Longevity risk – An increase over the assumptions applied will increase the defined benefit obligation.

The Company and Trustees are aware of these risks and manage them through appropriate investment and funding strategies. The Trustees manage 
governance and operational risks through a number of internal controls policies. 

The Scheme is subject to regular actuarial valuations, which are usually carried out every three years. Following the conclusion of the 2016 triennial 
valuation, the company agreed to increase the deficit funding payment from 1 January 2017 to £2 million per annum from £1.3 million per annum. 

The figures in the following disclosures were measured using the projected unit credit method.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS102

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

23. Pensions continued
The Scheme has not invested in any of the Group’s own financial instruments or in properties or other assets in use by the Group.

Key assumptions
The key assumptions used in the 2018 valuation of the Scheme are set out below:

Mortality assumptions

Current pensioners (at 65) – males

Current pensioners (at 65) – females

Future pensioners (at 65) – males

Future pensioners (at 65) – females

2018
Years

21.9

23.9

23.3

25.4

2017
Years

22.2

24.3

24.0

26.2

The Scheme is now closed to future accrual. The average age of members who were active at closure is 54 for males and 49 for females. The average age of 
all non-pensioners is 55.

Key financial assumptions used in the valuation of the Scheme

Rate of increase in pensions in payment

Discount rate

Inflation assumption – RPI

Inflation assumption – CPI

The present value of the Scheme liabilities is sensitive to the assumptions used, as follows:

Impact on Scheme liabilities – increase/(decrease) 1

Increase rate of pensions in payment by 0.5%

Increase discount rate by 0.1%

Increase inflation assumption by 0.1%²

Increase in life expectancies by 1 year

2018

3.20%

2.60%

3.20%

2.20%

2017

3.30%

2.60%

3.30%

2.30%

2018
 £m

6.6

(2.5)

1.9

6.7

2017
 £m

7.2

(2.7) 

1.9

6.8

1 

The sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption whilst holding all of the other assumptions constant. In practice this is unlikely to occur and changes 
in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity to change, the same actuarial method has been applied as when calculating the 
pension liability within the Balance Sheet. Due to the Scheme closing to future accrual on 1 January 2015, there are no longer any active members in the Scheme. 
As the members who were active at closure did not maintain a salary link on their past service benefits, the future salary increase assumptions no longer have an 
impact on the Scheme’s liabilities. 

2  For members who were active at closure, their pensions now increase in deferment in line with CPI inflation. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.23. Pensions continued

Assets in the Scheme

Corporate bonds

UK equities

Overseas equities

Alternatives

Property

Cash

Annuities

Total market value of assets

Fair value of Scheme assets

Present value of Scheme liabilities

Deficit in the Scheme

103

2018
 £m

21.9

23.9

24.8

34.3

–

1.2

3.4

2017
 £m

21.8 

20.5 

26.3 

37.0 

– 

2.3 

3.5 

109.5

111.4

2018
 £m

2017
 £m

109.5

111.4

(142.0)

(149.3)

(32.5)

(37.9)

Included within the total present value of Group and Company Scheme liabilities of £142.0 million (2017: £149.3 million) are liabilities of £2.4 million 
(2017: £2.6 million) which are entirely unfunded.

Balance at beginning of the year

Included in profit and loss

Current service cost

Net interest cost

Included in Other Comprehensive Income

Actuarial gains/(losses) relating to:

Actual return less expected return on Scheme assets

Experience gains/(losses) arising on Scheme liabilities

Other

Employer contributions

Employer special contributions

Employee contributions

Benefits paid

Defined benefit obligation

Fair value of Scheme assets Net defined benefit (deficit)

2018
 £m

2017
£m

2018
 £m

(149.3)

(119.5)

111.4

–

(3.8)

(3.8)

–

(4.2)

(4.2)

–

5.3

5.3

–

–

–

5.8

5.8

–

(30.1)

(30.1)

–

–

–

4.5

4.5

–

2.8

2.8

(0.9)

–

(0.9)

–

2.0

–

(5.8)

(3.8)

2017
 £m

96.0

(0.3)

3.4

3.1

15.5

–

15.5

–

1.3

–

(4.5)

(3.2)

2018
 £m

2017
 £m

(37.9)

(23.5)

–

(1.0)

(1.0)

(0.9)

5.3

4.4

–

2.0

–

–

2.0

(0.3)

(0.8)

(1.1)

15.5

(30.1)

(14.6)

–

1.3

–

–

1.3

Balance at end of the year

(142.0)

(149.3)

109.5

111.4

(32.5)

(37.9)

The weighted average duration of the Scheme’s liabilities at the end of the period is 18 years (2017: 20 years).

The total contributions to the Scheme in the next financial year are expected to be £2.0 million for the Group and the Company. These payments are 
to be made as part of a deficit recovery plan in place until March 2021 as agreed between the Trustees and the Group. No further payments are made 
as the Scheme is now closed to future accrual.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS104

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

24. Preference Share Capital

Group and Company

Authorised, issued and fully paid share capital

Number authorised and in issue:

At 26 March 2016, 1 April 2017 and 31 March 2018

Monetary amount:

At 26 March 2016, 1 April 2017 and 31 March 2018

First 6% 
cumulative 
preference 
share of 
£1 each

Second 8% 
cumulative 
preference 
share of 
 £1 each

Number 
000s

Number 
000s

Total

Number 
000s

400

1,200

1,600

£m 

0.4

 £m 

1.2

 £m 

1.6

The first 6% cumulative preference shares of £1 each are entitled to first payment of a fixed cumulative dividend and on winding up to a return of paid 
capital plus arrears of dividends. The second 8% cumulative preference shares of £1 each are entitled to second payment of a fixed cumulative dividend 
and on winding up a return of capital paid up (plus a premium calculated by reference to an average quoted price on the London Stock Exchange for 
the previous six months) plus arrears of dividends.

Preference shareholders may only vote in limited circumstances: principally on winding up, alteration of class rights or on unpaid preference dividends. 
Preference shares cannot be redeemed by the holders, other than on winding up.

25. Provisions
Onerous Lease and Contingent Consideration

Group and Company

Balance at beginning of the year

Arising during the year

Released during the year

Utilised

Unwinding of discount

Balance at end of the year

Analysed as:

Due within one year

Due in more than one year

Onerous lease

Contingent consideration

Total

2018
 £m

0.8

–

(0.1)

–

–

0.7

£m

0.1

0.6

0.7

2017 
£m

0.8

–

(0.1)

–

0.1

0.8

£m

0.1

0.7

0.8

2018 
£m

0.4

–

–

2017 
£m

1.8

–

–

(0.4)

(1.5)

–

–

£m

–

–

–

0.1

0.4

£m

0.4

–

0.4

2018 
£m

1.2

–

(0.1)

(0.4)

–

0.7

£m

0.1

0.6

0.7

2017
£m

2.6

–

(0.1)

(1.5)

0.2

1.2

£m

0.5

0.7

1.2

The onerous lease provision is recognised in respect of leasehold properties where the lease contracts are deemed to be onerous. Provision is made for the 
discounted value of the lower of the unavoidable lease costs and the losses expected to be incurred by the Group.

The contingent consideration is recognised in respect of the fair value of additional amounts which are only payable on completion of certain performance 
targets for business combinations.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.105

26. Financial Instruments
Details of the Group’s Treasury function are included in the Financial Review’s discussion of financial risks and treasury policies on page 25.

The accounting treatment of the Group’s financial instruments is detailed in note 1.

a) Capital Management – Group and Company
As described in note 1, the Group considers its capital to comprise the following:

Capital 

Ordinary share capital

Share premium

Capital redemption reserve

Hedging reserve

Retained earnings

Preference shares

Group 
2018 
£m

22.8

4.8

3.1

Group
 2017
 £m

22.8

4.8

3.1

Company 
2018
 £m

Company 
2017
 £m

22.8

4.8

3.1

22.8

4.8

3.1

(1.1)

(2.6)

(1.1)

(2.6)

328.4

301.4

299.7

273.1

1.6

1.6

1.6

1.6

359.6

331.1

330.9

302.8

In managing its capital, the primary objective is to ensure that the Group is able to continue to operate as a going concern and to maximise return 
to shareholders through a combination of capital growth, distributions and the payment of preference dividends to its preference shareholders. The Group 
seeks to maintain a ratio of debt and equity that balances risks and returns at an acceptable level and maintains sufficient funds to meet working capital 
targets, investment requirements and comply with lending covenants. The Group bought back £5.5 million of shares in the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018 
(2017: £3.6 million), none of which related to purchases made by or on behalf of employee share ownership trusts (2017: £nil). As a minimum, the Board 
reviews the Group’s dividend policy twice yearly and reviews the treasury position every Board meeting.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS106

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

26. Financial Instruments continued
b) Categories of Financial Assets and Liabilities
The Group’s financial assets and liabilities as recognised at the Balance Sheet date may also be categorised as follows:

Non-current assets

Derivative financial assets hedge accounted

Loans and other receivables in scope of IAS 39

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Loans and other receivables:

Trade and other receivables in scope of IAS 39

Cash and short-term deposits

Total current assets

Total financial assets

Current liabilities

Put and call option

Trade and other payables in scope of IAS 39

Loans

Total carried at amortised cost

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Derivative financial liabilities hedge accounted

Put and call options

Carried at amortised cost:

Other payables in scope of IAS 39

Loans and debenture stock

Preference shares

Total carried at amortised cost

Total non-current liabilities

Total financial liabilities

Group 
2018
 £m

Group 
2017 
£m

Company 
2018
 £m

Company 
2017 
£m

–

0.4

0.4

16.3

11.7

28.0

28.4

3.7

43.8

30.0

73.8

77.5

1.8

–

0.6

0.1

0.4

0.5

14.3

15.3

29.6

30.1

–

46.7

20.0

66.7

66.7

3.2

5.3

0.7

–

0.4

0.4

36.8

9.7

46.5

46.9

–

145.1

30.0

175.1

175.1

1.8

–

0.6

0.1

0.4

0.5

35.5

12.8

48.3

48.8

–

146.4

20.0

166.4

166.4

3.2

–

0.7

182.0

199.8

181.8

199.6

1.6

184.2

186.0

263.5

1.6

202.1

210.6

277.3

1.6

184.0

185.8

360.9

1.6

201.9

205.1

371.5

There is no set-off of financial assets and liabilities as shown above.

c) Financial Risks – Group and Company
The main risks associated with the Group’s financial assets and liabilities are set out below, as are the Group’s policies for their management.  
Derivative instruments are used to change the economic characteristics of financial instruments in accordance with Group policy.

(i) Interest rate risk
The Group manages its cost of borrowings using a mixture of fixed rates, variable rates and interest rate caps. The current Group policy is that a minimum of 
50% of total outstanding borrowings should be at a fixed or capped rate of interest. This is achieved by both taking out interest rate swaps and caps with third 
parties and by loan instruments that require the Group to pay a fixed rate. Fixed rates do not expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk, but do not 
enjoy a reduction in borrowing costs in markets where rates are falling. Interest rate caps limit the maximum rate payable but require payment of a lump sum 
premium. The fair value risk inherent in fixed rate borrowings means that the Group is exposed to unplanned costs if debt is paid off earlier than anticipated. 
Floating rate borrowings, although not exposed to changes in fair value, expose the Group to cash flow risk following rises in interest rates and cost.

The debentures totalling £25.9 million (2017: £25.9 million) are at fixed rates. The bank loans totalling £185.9 million (2017: £193.7 million), net of 
arrangement fees, are at floating rates. At the year end, after taking account of interest rate swaps and caps, 48% (2017: 47%) of the Group’s bank 
loans and 55% (2017: 53%) of gross borrowings were at fixed or capped rates.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.107

26. Financial Instruments continued
Interest rate swaps 
The Group has entered into interest rate swap agreements, where the Group pays a fixed rate and receives one month or three month LIBOR, in order 
to hedge the risk of variation in interest cash flows on its borrowings. At the balance sheet date £60 million of the Group and Company’s borrowings 
(2017: £60 million) were hedged by interest rate swaps at a blended fixed rate of 1.89% (2017: 1.89%). Of the swaps active at 31 March 2018, £20 million 
expires in 2020, £20 million expires in 2021 and £20 million expires in 2022.

Interest rate caps
The Group has entered into interest rate cap agreements in order to hedge the risk of variation in interest cash flows on its borrowings. At the 
Balance Sheet date £30 million (2017: £30 million) of the Group and Company’s borrowings were hedged by two interest caps at a blended rate 
of 1.98% (2017: 1.98%), £20.0 million of which expires in 2020 and £10.0 million in 2022. 

The interest rate swaps and caps are expected to impact the Income Statement in line with the liquidity risk table shown in section (iv) below. The interest 
rate swap cash flow hedges and the interest rate caps cash flow hedges in effect at 31 March 2018 were assessed as being highly effective. No net 
unrealised gain or loss (2017: £nil) has been recorded in Other Comprehensive Income. 

Sensitivity – Group and Company
The Group borrows in Sterling at market rates. Three month Sterling LIBOR rate during the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018 ranged between 0.28% and 
0.71%. The Directors consider 1.00% to be a reasonable possible increase in rates and 0.50% to be a reasonable possible decrease in rates, with reference  
to market yield curves and the current economic conditions. 

The annualised effect of these changes to interest rates on the floating rate debt at the Balance Sheet date, all other variables being constant, are as follows:

Impact on post-tax profit and net equity – increase/(decrease)

Decrease interest rate by 0.5%

Increase interest rate by 1.0%

Group 
2018
 £m

0.5

(0.9)

Group 
2017
 £m

0.1

(1.1)

Company*
2018 
£m

Company*
2017 
£m

0.9

(1.8)

0.5

(1.9)

* 

The Company has substantial interest bearing payables due to subsidiary companies (note 21).

(ii) Foreign currency risk
The Group buys and sells goods and services denominated in non-Sterling currencies principally US dollar, Euro and Australian dollar. As a result, 
movements in exchange rates can affect the value of the Group’s revenues and purchases.

The Group policy on covering foreign currency exposure is included in the Financial Review’s discussion of financial risks and treasury policies on page 23. 
As a minimum, it buys or sells forward the net known value of all committed purchase or sales orders. In addition, the Group will usually buy or sell  
a proportion of the estimated sale or buy orders for the remaining part of the year to minimise its transactional currency exposures in non-Sterling 
currencies. Forward currency contracts must be in the same currency as the hedged items. The Group does not trade in forward currency hedges.

At 31 March 2018 the Group and Company had open forward contracts to buy €2.5 million, with a Sterling equivalent of £2.2 million and a net loss of  
£nil when comparing contractual rates with the year end exchange rates. At 31 March 2018 the Group and Company had open forward contracts to buy 
$1.5 million, with a Sterling equivalent of £1.1 million and a net gain of £nil when comparing the contractual rates with the year end exchange rates. At  
1 April 2017 the Group and Company had open forward contracts. 

At 31 March 2018 the significant foreign currency assets or liabilities were the following:

Group and Company

Euro assets/(liabilities)

US dollar assets/(liabilities)

Australian dollar assets 

Cash deposits

Trade receivables

Trade payables

2018 
£m

–

0.5

0.1

2017 
£m

–

–

–

2018
 £m

–

0.6

–

2017 
£m

–

–

–

2018 
£m

(0.2)

(0.2)

–

2017
 £m

(0.4)

(0.2)

–

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS108

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

26. Financial Instruments continued
(iii) Credit risk
The risk of financial loss due to a counter party’s failure to honour its obligations arises principally in relation to transactions where the Group provides goods 
and services on deferred payment terms, deposits surplus cash and enters into derivative contracts. 

Group policies are aimed at minimising losses and deferred terms are only granted to customers who demonstrate an appropriate payment history 
and satisfy credit worthiness procedures. Individual customers are subject to credit limits to control debt exposure. Credit insurance is taken out where 
appropriate for wholesale customers and goods may also be sold on a cash with order basis. 

Cash deposits with financial institutions for short periods and derivative transactions are only permitted with financial institutions approved by the Board. 
There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Group. The maximum credit risk exposure relating to financial assets is represented by their 
carrying value as at the balance sheet date.

Trade and other receivables
The Group records impairment losses on its trade receivables separately from gross receivables. Further detail is included in note 19.

(iv) Liquidity risk
The Group minimises liquidity risk by managing cash generation, applying trade receivables collection targets, monitoring daily cash receipts and payments 
and setting rolling cash forecasts. Investments have cash payback periods applied as part of a tightly controlled investment appraisal process. The Group’s 
rating with credit agencies is excellent.

The Group has a mixture of long and short-term borrowings and overdraft facilities: 13% (2017: 16%) of the Group’s borrowings are repayable after more 
than five years, 73% (2017: 75% ) within the first to fifth years and 14% (2017: 9%) within one year.

The tables below summarise the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities at 31 March 2018 based on undiscounted contractual cash flows, 
including interest payable. Floating rate interest is estimated using the prevailing interest rate at the Balance Sheet date.

Group at 31 March 2018

Interest bearing loans and borrowings1

Preference shares2

Trade and other payables

On 
demand 
£m

Less than
 3 months 
£m

3 to 12 
months 
£m

1 to 5 
years
 £m

More than
 5 years 
£m

Total 
£m

–

–

18.7

1.4

–

24.9

33.1

168.7

33.7

236.9

0.1

0.1

0.5

0.4

3.4

0.3

4.0

44.4

1  Bank loans are included after taking account of the following cash flows in relation to the interest rate swap and cap held in respect of these borrowings:

Interest rate swaps and cap

–

0.2

0.6

1.8

–

2.6

2 

The preference shares have no contractual repayment date. For the purposes of the table above interest payments have been shown for 20 years from the Balance 
Sheet date but no further.

Group at 1 April 2017

Interest bearing loans and borrowings1

Preference shares2

Trade and other payables

–

–

11.3

0.9

–

34.8

22.4

185.6

37.5

246.4

0.1

0.1

0.5

0.3

3.5

0.4

4.1

46.9

1  Bank loans are included after taking account of the following cash flows in relation to the interest rate swap and cap held in respect of these borrowings:

Interest rate swaps and cap

–

0.2

0.7

3.0

0.1

4.0

2 

The preference shares have no contractual repayment date. For the purposes of the table above interest payments have been shown for 20 years from the Balance 
Sheet date but no further.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.109

26. Financial Instruments continued
The Company figures are as for the Group, except as follows:

Company at 31 March 2018

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings3

Trade and other payables

Company at 1 April 2017

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings3

Trade and other payables

On 
demand
 £m

106.9

11.9

Less than 
3 months 
£m

–

26.3

3 to 12 
months
 £m

–

0.1

104.6

7.6

–

34.1

–

0.1

1 to 5 
years 
£m

–

0.4

–

0.3

More than 
5 years 
£m

–

0.3

–

0.4

Total
 £m

106.9

39.0

104.6

42.5

3  Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings have no fixed repayment date. Interest is payable on the balance at 3% above the Bank of England base rate.

Security – Group and Company
The 10.7% debentures 2023 are secured on property, plant and equipment with a net book value of £13.0 million (2017: £12.8 million). The 6.875% 
debentures 2028 are secured by a floating charge over the assets of the Company.

Covenants – Group and Company
The Group and Company are subject to a number of covenants in relation to their borrowing facilities which, if contravened, would result in its loans 
becoming immediately repayable. These covenants, inter alia, specify maximum net debt to earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, 
and minimum earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation to interest.

d) Fair Value
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities
Set out below is a comparison by category of carrying amounts and fair values of all the financial instruments that are carried in the financial statements.

Group

Financial assets

Cash

Trade and other receivables due within one year in scope of IAS 39

Loans and other receivables due in more than one year in scope of IAS 39

Interest rate swaps

Interest rate cap

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables in scope of IAS 39

Fixed rate borrowings

Floating rate borrowings

Preference shares

Interest rate swaps

Put and call option

Forward currency contract

Book value 
2018 
£m

Book value 
2017 
£m

Fair value 
2018 
£m

Fair value 
2017
 £m

Fair value 
Level

11.7

16.3

0.4

–

–

15.3

14.3

0.4

–

0.1

11.7

16.3

0.4

–

–

15.3

14.3

0.4

–

0.1

(44.4)

(26.1)

(47.4)

(26.1)

(44.4)

(32.7)

(47.4)

(26.5)

(185.9)

(193.7)

(185.9)

(193.7)

(1.6)

(1.8)

(3.7)

–

(1.6)

(3.2)

(5.3)

–

(2.0)

(1.8)

(3.7)

–

(2.0)

(3.2)

(5.3)

–

1

3

3

2

2

3

3

3

3

2

3

2

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS110

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

26. Financial Instruments continued
The Company figures are as for the Group above, except as follows:

Company

Financial assets

Book value 
2018
£m

Book value 
2017 
£m

Fair value 
2018 
£m

Fair value 
2017 
£m

Fair 
value 
Level

Trade and other receivables due within one year in scope of IAS 39

36.8

35.5

36.8

35.5

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables in scope of IAS 39

Fixed rate borrowings

(145.7)

(147.1)

(145.7)

(147.1)

(25.9)

(25.9)

(32.5)

(26.3)

3

3

3

Level 1 fair values are valuation techniques where inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access 
at measure data.

Level 2 fair values are valuation techniques where all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly 
or indirectly, but are not derived directly from quoted prices in active markets. The Group bases its valuations on information provided by financial 
institutions, who use a variety of estimation techniques based on market conditions, such as interest rate expectations, existing at each Balance Sheet date.

Level 3 fair values are valuation techniques for which all inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are not observable. Derivative fair 
values are obtained from quoted market prices in active markets. The fair values of borrowings have been calculated by discounting the expected future 
cash flows at prevailing interest rates. The fair values of preference shares have been calculated using the market interest rates. The fair values of cash,  
trade and other receivables, loans and other receivables and trade and other payables are equivalent to their carrying value. The fair value of the put and  
call option has been calculated by discounting the expected future cash payments for the shares in The Stable Pizza & Cider Limited and Nectar Imports 
Limited set under the terms of the respective shareholders’ agreements.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.27. Share Capital and Reserves
a) Share Capital

Authorised, issued and fully paid

Number in issue

At 26 March 2016

Share conversions

At 1 April 2017

Share conversions

At 31 March 2018

Proportion of total equity shares at 31 March 2018

Monetary amount

At 26 March 2016

Share conversions

At 1 April 2017

Share conversions

At 31 March 2018

111

‘A’ ordinary 
shares of 
40p each

‘C’ ordinary 
shares of 
40p each

‘B’ ordinary 
shares of 
4p each

Number 
000s

 Number 
000s

 Number 
000s

Total

 Number 
000s

33,537 

14,544 

89,052  137,133 

17

(17)

–

–

33,554

14,527

89,052 137,133

18

(18)

–

–

33,572

14,509

89,052 137,133

24.5%

10.6%

64.9%

100%

 £m 

13.4 

– 

13.4

–

13.4

 £m 

5.8 

– 

5.8

–

5.8

 £m 

3.6 

–

3.6

–

3.6

 £m 

22.8 

– 

22.8

–

22.8

Share capital represents the nominal value proceeds received on the issue of the Company’s equity share capital, comprising 40p and 4p ordinary shares. 
The Company’s preference shares are classified as non-current liabilities in accordance with IFRS (see note 24).

The ordinary shareholders are entitled to be paid a dividend out of any surplus profits and to participate in surplus assets on winding up in proportion to the 
nominal value of each class of share (‘B’ shares have one-tenth of the nominal value of ‘A’ and ‘C’ shares).

All equity shares in the Company carry one vote per share, save that shares held in treasury have their voting rights suspended. The ‘A’ and ‘C’ shares have 
a 40p nominal value and the ‘B’ shares have a 4p nominal value so that a ‘B’ share dividend will be paid at 10% of the rate applying to ‘A’ and ‘C’ shares. The 
‘A’ shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange. The ‘C’ shares carry a right for the holder to convert them to ‘A’ shares by written notice in the 30 day 
period following the half year and preliminary announcements. The ‘B’ shares are not listed and have no conversion rights. In most circumstances the value 
of a ‘B’ share is deemed to be 10% of the value of the listed ‘A’ shares. The Trustee holding shares for participants of the LTIP currently waives dividends for 
shares held during the initial three year period. Dividends are not paid on shares held in treasury.

The Articles include provisions relating to the Company’s ‘B’ and ‘C’ shares which provide that shareholders who wish to transfer their shares may only do  
so if the transfer is to another ‘B’ or ‘C’ shareholder, or if the transfer is to certain of that shareholder’s family members or their executors or administrators 
or, where shares are held by trustees, to new trustees, or to the trustees of any employee share scheme, or if the Company is unable to identify another 
shareholder of that class willing to purchase the shares within the specified period, to any person.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS112

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

27. Share Capital and Reserves continued
b) Own Shares
Own shares relate to shares held by independently managed employee share ownership trusts (“ESOTs”) together with the Company’s holding of treasury 
shares. Shares are purchased by the ESOTs in order to satisfy potential awards under the Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) and Share Incentive Scheme 
(“SIP”). Treasury shares are used, inter alia, to satisfy options under the Company’s share options schemes. The LTIP ESOT has waived its rights to 
dividends on the shares it holds. Treasury shares have voting and dividend rights suspended. All own shares held, as below, are excluded from earnings  
and net assets per share calculations. 

Number

Treasury shares

‘A’ ordinary 
40p shares 
000s

‘B’ ordinary 
4p shares 
000s

‘A’ ordinary 
40p shares 
000s

LTIP ESOT

‘B’ ordinary 
4p shares 
000s

‘C’ ordinary 
40p shares 
000s

SIP ESOT

‘A’ ordinary 
40p shares 
000s

Total

‘A’ ordinary 
40p shares 
000s

‘B’ ordinary 
4p shares 
000s

‘C’ ordinary 
40p shares 
000s

At 26 March 2016

1,131 

 4,558 

Shares purchased

Shares transferred

Shares released

At 1 April 2017

Shares purchased

Shares transferred

Shares released

342 

(102) 

(108) 

– 

–

–

1,263 

4,558 

537

(190)

(103)

–

–

–

At 31 March 2018

1,507

4,558

Monetary amount

At 26 March 2016

Shares purchased

Shares transferred

Shares released

At 1 April 2017

Shares purchased

Shares transferred

Shares released

At 31 March 2018

Market value  
at 31 March 2018

£m

10.1 

3.5 

(0.9) 

(0.9) 

11.8 

5.3

(1.8)

(1.0)

14.3

14.4

£m

4.6 

–

–

–

4.6 

–

–

–

4.6

4.4

– 

– 

102 

487 

106 

– 

(102) 

(255) 

– 

–

109

(109)

–

£m

– 

–

0.9 

(0.9) 

– 

–

1.0

(1.0)

–

–

338 

215

–

(282)

271

£m

0.3 

0.1 

– 

(0.2) 

0.2 

0.2

–

(0.2)

0.2

0.3

10 

– 

– 

–

10 

–

–

(3)

7

£m

0.1 

–

– 

–

0.1 

–

–

–

0.1

0.1

84 

1,215 

5,045 

– 

– 

342 

– 

106 

– 

(80) 

(290) 

(255) 

4 

–

81

(80)

1,267 

4,896 

537

–

215

–

(292)

(282)

5

1,512

4,829

£m

0.7 

–

– 

(0.7) 

– 

–

0.8

(0.8)

–

–

 £m

10.8 

3.5 

– 

(2.5) 

11.8 

5.3

–

(2.8)

14.3

 £m

4.9 

0.1 

– 

(0.2) 

4.8 

0.2

–

(0.2)

4.8

14.4

4.7

10 

– 

– 

– 

10 

–

–

(3)

7

 £m

0.1 

– 

– 

– 

0.1 

–

–

–

0.1

0.1

c) Other Capital Reserves
Share Premium Account
The balance in the share premium account represents the proceeds received above the nominal value on the issue of the Company’s equity share capital.

Capital Redemption Reserve
The capital redemption reserve balance arises from the buy-back of the Company’s own equity share capital.

Hedging Reserve
The hedging reserve contains the effective portion of the cash flow hedge relationships incurred at the Balance Sheet date, net of tax.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.113

28. Share Options and Share Schemes
The key points of each of the Group’s share schemes for grants up to 31 March 2018 are summarised below. All schemes are equity-settled. All disclosure 
relates to both Group and Company. For the purposes of option and LTIP schemes, “Adjusted EPS” will normally be consistent with the post-tax earnings 
per share excluding separately disclosed items as presented in the financial statements. However, the Remuneration Committee is authorised to make 
appropriate adjustments to Adjusted EPS as applied to these schemes.

Savings Related Share Option Scheme (“SAYE”)
This scheme grants options over shares at a discount of 20% on the average market price over the three days immediately prior to the date of offer. 
Employees must save a regular amount each month. Savings are made over three or five years, at the participant’s choice. The right to buy shares at the 
discounted price lasts for six months after the end of the savings contract. There are no performance conditions, other than continued employment.

Senior Executive Share Option Scheme
This is an unapproved Executive Share Option Scheme. If growth in Adjusted EPS exceeds growth in the Retail Price Index (“RPI”) by 9% over the 
performance period of the option, then 40% of the award will vest. Vesting levels are then on a sliding scale, with 100% vesting occurring if growth 
in Adjusted EPS exceeds growth in RPI by more than 21%. The performance period for grants under this scheme is three years. Options must be 
exercised within seven years of the end of the performance period.

Executive Share Option Scheme
This is an approved Executive Share Option Scheme. The options vest if growth in Adjusted EPS exceeds the growth in RPI by 9% or more, over the 
three year performance period of the option. The options must then be exercised within seven years after the end of the performance period.

LTIP
This plan awards free shares. Vesting is conditional on growth in Adjusted EPS exceeding growth in RPI by 9% or more over the three year initial 
performance period of the award. Vesting levels are on a sliding scale from 40% up to 100%, if growth in Adjusted EPS exceeds growth in RPI by 24% 
or more. An independent firm of advisors verifies the vesting level each year. The initial vesting period is three years. After this time the shares may be 
passed to the plan participants, as long as vesting conditions are met. 

SIP
This plan awards free shares. The number of shares awarded, up to a maximum value of £3,000 per person per year, is based on length of service and salary. 
The life of each plan is five years, after which shares are released to participants. There are no performance conditions as in almost all circumstances 
participants can retain the shares awarded (although there may be tax consequences if sold within five years of the award). 

Share-Based Payment Expense Recognised in the Year
The expense recognised for share-based payments in respect of employee services received during the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018 is £0.8 million 
(2017: £3.2 million). The whole of that expense arises from equity-settled share-based payment transactions.

Market Value
The market value of the shares at 31 March 2018 was £9.58 (2017: £9.98).

Movements in the Year
The following tables illustrate the number and weighted average exercise prices (“WAEP”) of, and movements in, each category of share instrument 
during the year. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS114

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

28. Share Options and Share Schemes continued
a) SAYE

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted

Lapsed

Exercised

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

Weighted average share price for options exercised in the year

Weighted average contractual life remaining for share options  
outstanding at the year end

Weighted average share price for options granted in the year

Weighted average fair value of options granted during the year

Range of exercise prices for options outstanding at the year end

– from

– to

2017
WAEP

£6.43

£7.74

£8.22

£6.73

£7.93

2018 
Number 
000s

548

148

(65)

(92)

539

–

£9.99

2 years

£10.52

£1.94

£7.24

£8.70

2018 
WAEP

£7.93

£8.12

£8.08

£7.18

£8.09

2017 
Number 
000s

478

257

(110)

(77)

548

–

£10.23

2.25 years

£10.23

£1.77

£5.63

£8.70

Outstanding share options granted to employees under the Saving Related Share Option Scheme are as follows:

Exercisable at

September 2017

September 2017

September 2018

September 2018

September 2019

September 2019

September 2020

September 2020

September 2021

September 2022

Number of ‘A’ 
ordinary 
shares 
under option 
2018 
000s

Number of ‘A’ 
ordinary 
shares
 under option 
2017 
000s

Exercise price 
40p shares 
£

5.63

7.47

7.24

8.70

7.74

7.47

8.70

8.12

7.74

8.12

–

–

19

106

134

18

51

109

72

30

539

18 

65 

21 

122 

162 

22 

59 

–

79 

–

548

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.28. Share Options and Share Schemes continued
b) Share Option Schemes
Senior Executive Share Option Scheme

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted

Lapsed

Exercised

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

Weighted average share price for options exercised in the year

Weighted average contractual life remaining for share options  
outstanding at the year end

Range of exercise prices for options outstanding at the year end

– from

– to

Executive Share Option Scheme

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted

Lapsed

Exercised

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

Weighted average share price for options exercised in the year

Weighted average contractual life remaining for share options  
outstanding at the year end

Weighted average share price for options granted in the year

Weighted average fair value of options granted during the year

Range of exercise prices for options outstanding at the year end

– from

– to

115

2018 
Number 
000s

2018 
WAEP

2017 
Number 
000s

2017 
WAEP

77

£6.94

 83 

£7.03

n/a

n/a

n/a

£7.16

£6.90

–

–

–

77

77

n/a

n/a

£8.59

n/a

£6.94

£6.79

–

(6) 

–

77

77 

n/a

3.48 years

4.48 years

£4.05

£9.10

2018 
Number 
000s

150

44

(13)

(14)

167

74

£4.05

£9.10

2018 
WAEP

£8.73

£10.34

£10.04

£8.23

£9.28

£8.59

2017 
Number 
000s

2017 
WAEP

167 

£8.81

22 

£10.23

(9) 

(30) 

150 

47 

£9.05

£7.43

£8.73

£9.10

£10.13

£10.21

6.94 years

£10.78

£1.05

£4.80

£10.90

7.07 years

£10.21

£0.75

£4.05

£10.23

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS116

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

28. Share Options and Share Schemes continued
Outstanding options which are capable of being exercised between three and ten years from date of issue and their exercise prices are shown in the 
table below:

Exercisable in/between

2011 and 2018

2012 and 2019

2013 and 2020

2013 and 2020

2014 and 2021

2015 and 2022

2016 and 2023

2017 and 2024

2018 and 2025

2019 and 2026

2020 and 2027

c) LTIP

Shares

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted 

Lapsed

Vested 

Outstanding at the end of the year

Senior Executive Share Option Scheme

Executive Share Option Scheme

 Number of 
‘A’ ordinary 
shares 
under option 
2018 
000s

 Number of 
‘A’ ordinary 
shares
 under option
 2017 
000s

Exercise price 
40p shares 
£

 Number of 
‘A’ ordinary 
shares 
under option 
2018 
000s

 Number of 
‘A’ ordinary 
shares 
under option 
2017
 000s

Exercise price 
40p shares 
£

4.05

4.80

5.78

6.30

7.09

7.05

9.10

2

9

12

1

15

22

16

–

–

–

–

2 

9 

12 

1 

15 

22 

16 

– 

– 

– 

–

4.05 

4.80 

5.78 

– 

7.09 

7.05 

9.10 

9.65 

10.90 

10.23 

10.34

–

3

6

–

2

11

21

33

27

22

42

2 

3 

6 

– 

4 

13 

25 

46 

29 

22 

77

77

167

150

2018 ‘A’ 
shares 
Number 
000s

358

154

(7)

(111)

394

2018 ‘B’ 
shares 
Number 
000s

894

386

(19)

(277)

984

2017 ‘A’ 
shares 
Number 
000s

2017 ‘B’ 
shares 
Number 
000s

387 

138 

(65) 

(102) 

358 

968 

345 

(164) 

(255) 

894 

Weighted average share price for shares vested in the year

£10.19

£1.02

£9.76

£0.98

For shares outstanding at the year end, the weighted average contractual life remaining is

1.74 years 1.74 years 1.31 years 1.31 years

Weighted average share price for shares granted in the year

Weighted average fair value of shares granted during the year

£10.78

£9.98

£1.08

£1.00

£9.93

£9.24

£0.99

£0.92

All LTIPs have a vesting price of £nil. LTIP shares do not receive dividends until vested.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.28. Share Options and Share Schemes continued
d) SIP

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted

Lapsed

Released

Outstanding at the end of the year

Weighted average share price for shares released in the year

For shares outstanding at the year end, the weighted average contractual life remaining is

Weighted average share price for shares granted during the year

Weighted average fair value of shares granted during the year

117

2018 Number 
000s

2017 Number 
000s

268

80

(2)

(85)

261

272 

83 

(2) 

(85) 

268 

£9.65

£10.55

2.80 years

2.88 years

£10.42

£10.42

£10.50

£10.00

Outstanding SIP shares represent shares allocated and held by the SIP Trustees on behalf of employees, which remain in the trust for between three 
and five years. All SIPs have a vesting price of £nil. SIP shares receive dividends once allocated.

e) Fair Value of Grants
(i) Equity-settled options and LTIPs
The fair value of equity-settled share options granted is estimated as at the date of grant, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the 
awards were granted. The following table lists the inputs to the model used for the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2018 and 53 weeks ended 1 April 2017, 
except for exercise price and the weighted average share price for grants in the year, which are disclosed in sections a) to d) above.

Fair value inputs

Dividend yield (%)

Expected share price volatility (%)

Risk-free interest rate (%)

LTIP scheme

Save As You Earn scheme

2018

1.9%

n/a

0.2%

2017

1.7%

2018

1.9%

2017

1.7%

n/a 15.7 to 16.0% 15.6 to 17.0%

0.2%

0.4 to 0.6% 0.2 to 0.4%

Expected life of option/award (years)

3 years

3 years

3 to 5 years

3 to 5 years

Executive and Senior Executive 
option schemes

2018

1.9%

15.7%

0.3%

4 years

2017

1.7%

15.6%

0.3%

3 years

Model used

Black Scholes Black Scholes

Black Scholes Black Scholes Black Scholes Black Scholes

(ii) SIP free shares awarded
The fair value of free shares awarded under the SIP is the share price at the date of allocation. The total value of SIPs awarded is a fixed rate based on the 
Group’s performance in the preceding financial year. The number of shares awarded is therefore dependent on the share price at the date of the award. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS118

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

29. Guarantees and Commitments
a) Operating Lease Commitments
Operating leases where the Group is the lessee
Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases are due as follows:

Within one year

Between one year and five years

After five years

Group 
2018 
£m

11.2

38.0

65.2

Group
 2017 
£m

10.0

29.4

69.2

114.4

108.6

Company 
2018
 £m

Company 
2017
 £m

10.1

33.8

54.5

98.4

9.0

25.9

60.3

95.2

Commercial property operating leases are typically for 20 to 25 years, although certain leases have lease periods extending up to 40 years.

Operating leases where the Group is the lessor
The Group earns rental income from two sources. Licensed property included within property, plant and equipment is rented under agreements where 
lessees must also purchase goods from the Group. Additionally there are a smaller number of agreements in respect of investment properties where there 
is no requirement for the lessee to purchase goods.

Investment properties are let to third parties on leases that have remaining terms of between one and ten years.

At 31 March 2018 future minimum rentals receivable by the Group are as follows:

Group

Within one year

Between one year and five years

After five years

Company

Within one year

Between one year and five years

After five years

Investment properties

Other property, 
plant & equipment

2018
£m

0.5

1.6

0.1

2.2

2017 
£m

0.4

0.6

0.2

1.2

2018
£m

5.2

4.2

5.1

2017
 £m

6.7

5.0

5.6

14.5

17.3

Investment properties

Other property, 
plant & equipment

2018
£m

0.5

1.6

0.1

2.2

2017 
£m

0.4

0.6

0.2

1.2

2018
£m

5.6

5.6

11.6

22.8

2017
 £m

7.0

5.9

8.2

21.1

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.119

29. Guarantees and Commitments continued 
The Group’s and Company’s commercial leases on property are principally for licensed outlets. The terms of the leases are normally for either three, five 
or ten years with the maximum being 30 years. The agreements allow for annual inflationary increases and full rental reviews occur on renewal of the lease, 
or every five years for a ten year lease.

At 31 March 2018 future minimum rentals receivable under non-cancellable sub-leases included in the figures above were £5.3 million (2017: £4.5 million).

b) Other Commitments

Group and Company

Capital commitments – authorised, contracted but not provided for

2018 
£m

3.1

2017
 £m

1.2

The Company has accepted various duty deferment bonds in connection with HMRC. The total outstanding commitment at 31 March 2018 was 
£720,000 (2017: £395,000) for the Group and Company.

30. Related Party Transactions
Group and Company
During the current and prior years the Company provided various administrative services to the Fuller, Smith & Turner Pension Plan free of charge. 
In addition, the Company settled costs totalling £312,000 (2017: £480,000) relating to the provision of actuarial, consulting and administrative services 
by third parties to the Fuller, Smith & Turner Pension Plan.

Compensation of key management personnel (including Directors)

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

Company Only
During the year the Company entered into the following related party transactions:

52 weeks 
ended
31 March 
2018
 £m

53 weeks 
ended 
1 April 
2017
£m

4.9

0.4

1.4

6.7

5.2

0.7

1.4

7.3

52 weeks ended 31 March 2018

Subsidiaries

53 weeks ended 1 April 2017

Subsidiaries

Sales to 
related 
parties
 £m

Purchases 
from related 
parties
 £m

Interest due 
from related 
parties 
£m

Interest due 
to related 
parties
 £m

Amounts 
owed to 
related 
parties
 £m

Amounts 
owed by 
related 
parties
£m

1.3

58.7

1.5

3.5

(106.9)

24.1

Sales to 
related 
parties 
£m

Purchases 
from related 
parties 
£m

Interest due 
from related 
parties
 £m

Interest due 
to related 
parties 
£m

Amounts 
owed to 
related 
parties
 £m

Amounts 
owed by 
related 
parties 
£m

1.0

54.2

1.4

3.4

(104.6)

23.9

Interest is payable on the majority of the amounts due to subsidiaries at 3% above the Bank of England base rate. All amounts outstanding are unsecured 
and repayable on demand.

In addition, the Company received rental income from subsidiaries of £0.3 million during the year (2017: £0.3 million).

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS120

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

30. Related Party Transactions continued
Parent Company Guarantee
Subsidiaries of parent companies established within the European Economic Area are exempt from an audit if a guarantee is provided by the parent for the 
subsidiary liabilities and the shareholders are in unanimous agreement. The Group will be exempting the following companies from an audit in 2018 for the 
period ended 31 March 2018 under Section 479A of the Companies Act 2006, all of which are fully consolidated in these financial statements:

Griffin Catering Services Limited 
Jacomb Guinness Limited 
George Gale & Company Limited 
45 Woodfield Limited 
Cornish Orchards Limited 
Grand Canal Trading Limited 
The Dark Star Brewing Company Limited 
G & M Leisure Limited 

01577632
02934979
00026330 
04279254
04871687
04271734
03053142
07668132

The Group will be exempting the following companies from the preparation and delivering of accounts to Companies House under Section 394A of the 
Companies Act 2006, all of which are fully consolidated in these financial statements:

Griffin Inns Limited 
Ringwoods Limited 
FST Trustee Limited 
Fuller, Smith & Turner Estates Limited 

00495934
00178536
03163480
01831674 

31. Post Balance Sheet Event
Following the period end, the Company acquired Bel & The Dragon for £18.5 million and four Managed leasehold properties for £3.5 million.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.121

DIRECTORS AND ADVISORS
as at 7 June 2018

Directors
Michael Turner, FCA, Chairman*
Simon Emeny, Chief Executive
James Douglas, ACA
Richard Fuller
Jonathon Swaine
Simon Dodd
John Dunsmore*
Sir James Fuller, Bt*
Lynn Fordham, CA* 
Peter Swinburn* 
Juliette Stacey, ACA*

*  Non-Executive.

President
Anthony Fuller, CBE
Chairman from 1982-2007, Anthony Fuller 
retired from the Board in 2010 after a long 
career with Fuller’s and continues as President.

Secretary and Registered Office
Séverine Béquin
Griffin Brewery
Chiswick Lane South
London W4 2QB
Tel: 020 8996 2000
Registered Number 241882

Auditors
Grant Thornton UK LLP
30 Finsbury Square
London EC2A 1AG

Stockbrokers
Numis Securities Limited
10 Paternoster Square
London EC4M 7LT

Registrars
Computershare Investor Services PLC
The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road
Bristol BS99 6ZZ
Tel: 0870 889 4096

Please note you can now advise 
Computershare of changes to your address  
or set up a dividend mandate online at  
www.computershare.com/investor/uk

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS122

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

2018 Diary
Friday, 22 June
Record Date

Friday, 29 June
Preference dividends paid

Tuesday, 24 July
Annual General Meeting
Hock Cellar, Griffin Brewery

Thursday, 26 July
Final dividend paid

Friday, 23 November
Half year results announcement

2019 Diary
January
Preference dividends paid
Interim dividend paid

June
Preliminary results announcement

Shareholder Privileges
Individual shareholders with at least 500 ‘A’ or ‘C’ ordinary shares or 5,000 ‘B’ ordinary shares are eligible to receive a shareholder ‘Inndulgence’  
card entitling them to a 15% discount on food and drinks in Fuller’s Managed Pubs and Hotels and when visiting the Brewery Store in Chiswick  
as well as a 10% discount on the best available rate in Fuller’s hotels. Information is available from the Company Secretariat on 020 8996 2105  
or at company.secretariat@fullers.co.uk.

Redesignation of ‘C’ Shares
‘C’ ordinary shares can be redesignated as ‘A’ ordinary shares within 30 days of the preliminary and half year announcements by sending in your certificates 
and a written instruction to redesignate prior or during the period to the Company’s Registrars:

Computershare Investor Services PLC
The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road
Bristol BS99 6ZZ

ShareGift
The Orr Mackintosh Foundation operates a charity share donation scheme for shareholders with small parcels of shares whose value makes it uneconomic 
to sell them. If you have a small number of shares and would like to donate them to charity, details of the scheme can be found on the ShareGift website 
www.sharegift.org, or by contacting the Company Secretariat on 020 8996 2105.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.GLOSSARY

123

Adjusted earnings per share (“EPS”) – this is earnings per share, adjusted for separately disclosed items. The Directors believe that this measure provides 
useful information for shareholders as to the performance of the Group.

Adjusted profits – this is profit before tax and before separately disclosed items.

Beer and cider volumes – this is the volume of beer and cider sold, in number of barrels (a brewing term representing 288 pints).

Drinks, food and accommodation like for like sales growth – this is measured on the same basis as “Managed Pubs and Hotels invested like for like 
sales growth”.

EBITDA – this is the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, loss on disposal of plant and equipment and amortisation, adjusted for separately 
disclosed items.

Foreign Beer – this is sales made by the Group of beer produced by other brewers, the majority of which is lager.

LTIP – Long Term Incentive Plan.

Managed Pubs and Hotels invested like for like sales growth – this is the sales growth calculated to exclude those pubs which have not been trading 
throughout the two years for the corresponding period in both years. The principal exclusions from this measure are: pubs purchased or sold in the last 
12 months; sites which are closed; and pubs which are transferred to tenancy. The calculation excludes The Stable sites.

Market capitalisation – only the Company’s 40p ‘A’ ordinary shares are listed. The Company calculates its market capitalisation as the total of all classes  
of ordinary shares; i.e. listed 40p ‘A’ ordinary shares, unlisted 4p ‘B’ ordinary shares and unlisted 40p ‘C’ ordinary shares plus all potentially awardable  
share options and LTIP awards less any shares held in treasury. For the purposes of the calculation of market capitalisation, a 4p ‘B’ ordinary share is  
treated as having 10% of the market value of a quoted 40p ‘A’ ordinary share and a 40p ‘C’ ordinary share is treated as having an equivalent value to  
a 40p ‘A’ ordinary share.

Net debt – this comprises cash, bank loans, other loans, debenture stock and preference shares.

Own beer and cider – this is sales of own brand beer and cider brewed by the Company in Chiswick, Cornwall, and Sussex.

SIP – Share Incentive Plan.

Tenanted like for like profit growth – this is the profits growth of Tenanted Inns calculated to exclude from both years those pubs which have not been 
trading throughout the two years. The principal exclusions from this measure are: pubs purchased or sold; pubs which have closed; and pubs transferred 
to or from our Managed business. Bad debt expense is included but head office costs are excluded.

Total annual dividend – the total annual dividend for a financial year comprises interim dividends paid during the financial year and the final dividend 
proposed for approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting after the completion of the financial year.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS124

FIVE YEARS’ PROGRESS

Income Statement

Revenue

Operating profit before separately disclosed items

Net finance costs*

Adjusted profit*

Separately disclosed items*

Profit before tax*

Taxation*

Profit after tax*

Non-controlling interest

Profit attributable to equity shareholders of the Parent Company*

EBITDA 

*  Comparatives have been restated for changes to IAS 19.

Assets employed

Non-current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Assets classified as held for sale

Cash and short-term deposits

Current borrowings

Other current liabilities

Non-current borrowings

Other non-current liabilities

Net assets

Per 40p ‘A’ ordinary share

Adjusted earnings

Basic earnings

Dividends (interim and proposed final)

Net assets

Net debt (£ million)

Net debt/EBITDA1

Gross capital expenditure (£ million)

Average number of employees

2018  
£m

2017  
£m

2016  
£m

2015  
£m

403.6

392.0

350.5 

321.5 

49.2

(6.0)

43.2

0.4

43.6

(8.8)

34.8

1.0

35.8

70.9

49.5

(6.6)

42.9

(3.0)

39.9

(7.4)

32.5

0.2

32.7

70.5

46.9 

(6.0)

40.9 

(1.7)

39.2 

(6.2)

33.0

(0.2)

32.8 

65.0 

42.3 

(5.9)

36.4 

(0.3)

36.1 

(7.8)

28.3

0.1

28.4 

58.7 

Restated* 
2014  
£m

288.0 

39.9 

(5.8)

34.1 

(0.6)

33.5 

(4.4)

29.1

–

29.1 

54.5 

623.2

612.1

586.9

524.2 

481.3 

13.5

22.9

2.1

11.7

673.4

(30.0)

(71.8)

571.6

(183.6)

(53.1)

334.9

14.0

21.6

5.9

15.3

668.9

(20.0)

(73.7)

575.2

(201.4)

(64.1)

309.7

12.4 

21.0 

 0.5 

6.2 

627.0 

(20.0)

(65.6)

541.4 

(184.7)

(55.8)

300.9 

10.6 

17.7 

 – 

5.1 

557.6 

(20.0)

(53.5)

484.1 

(147.7)

(54.7)

281.7 

10.6 

18.3 

1.2 

4.1 

515.5 

 – 

(51.2)

464.3 

(143.9)

(43.2)

277.2 

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

62.90p

64.89p

19.55p

£6.07

61.39p

59.21p

 18.80p

£5.61

(201.9)

(206.1)

2.9

40.6

4,913

2.9

55.8

4,722

58.35p

59.25p

17.90p

£5.45 

(198.5)

3.0 

80.7

51.51p

51.15p

16.60p

£5.09 

(162.6)

2.7 

56.3

46.94p

52.14p

15.10p

£4.98 

(139.8)

2.5 

38.1 

4,479 

4,058 

3,610 

1  Net debt/EBITDA is adjusted as appropriate for the pubs acquired and disposed of in the period.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.F

u

l

l

e

r

,

S

m

i

t

h

&

T

u

r

n

e

r

P

.

L

.

C

.

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

8

Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. 
Registered Office 
Griffin Brewery 
Chiswick Lane South 
London W4 2QB 
Registered number 241882 
Telephone: +44 (0)20 8996 2000 
Email: fullers@fullers.co.uk

www.fullers.co.uk